QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

Commission File Number 1-14667

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Washington
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  91-1653725
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

98101
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 461-2000


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Litigation Tracking Warrants™   NASDAQ

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý  No  o .

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o .

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ý  No  o ..

        The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2004:

Common Stock – $33,368,030,966 (1)
(1) Does not include any value attributable to 6,000,000 shares held in escrow.

        The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's classes of common stock as of February 28, 2005:

Common Stock – 879,248,564 (2)
(2) Includes 6,000,000 shares held in escrow.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

        Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 2005, are incorporated by reference into Part III.




WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2004 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
   
 
  Page
PART I   1
  Item 1.   Business   1
        Overview   1
        Available Information   2
        Employees   2
        Factors That May Affect Future Results   2
        Environmental Regulation   5
        Regulation and Supervision   6
        Executive Officers   10
  Item 2.   Properties   12
  Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   12
  Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   13
PART II   13
  Item 5.   Market for our Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   13
  Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   20
  Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
  14
        Controls and Procedures   14
        Overview   14
        Critical Accounting Policies   17
        Recently Issued Accounting Standards   18
        Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data   20
        Ratios and Other Supplemental Data   21
        Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations   22
        Review of Financial Condition   32
        Operating Segments   35
        Risk Management   42
        Credit Risk Management   42
        Liquidity Risk Management   50
        Off-Balance Sheet Activities and Contractual Obligations   52
        Capital Adequacy   54
        Market Risk Management   54
        Maturity and Repricing Information   59
        Operational Risk Management   65
        Tax Contingency   65
        Goodwill Litigation   65
  Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   54
  Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   68
  Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   68
  Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   14
  Item 9B.   Other Information   68
PART III   69
  Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   69
  Item 11.   Executive Compensation   69
  Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   69
  Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   69
  Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services   69
PART IV   70
  Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   70

i



PART I

BUSINESS

Overview

        With a history dating back to 1889, Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual," or the "Company") is a retailer of financial services to consumers and small businesses. Based on our consolidated assets at December 31, 2004 we were the largest thrift holding company in the United States and the seventh largest among all U.S.-based bank and thrift holding companies.

        Our earnings are primarily driven by real estate secured lending and deposit taking activities which generate net interest income and by activities that generate noninterest income, including the sale and servicing of loans and providing fee-based services to our customers. Real estate secured loans and mortgage-backed securities generate more than 90% of interest income and this concentration is likely to continue as a result of our decision to exit certain non-core businesses, such as lending to mid- and large-sized companies.

        We strive to be the nation's leading retailer of financial services for consumers and small businesses. We plan to achieve this by building strong, profitable relationships with a broad spectrum of consumers and businesses. Expanding our retail banking franchise and achieving efficiencies in our operations will be critical to future success.

        Following the acquisition of the three largest California-based thrift institutions in the latter part of the 1990s, we continued to expand nationally by acquiring companies with strong retail banking franchises in Texas and the greater New York metropolitan area. During this period, we developed and launched our award-winning and innovative retail banking stores that serve customers in an open, free-flowing retail environment. With the goal of combining our strengths as a deposit taker and portfolio lender with those of a mortgage banker, we also expanded our presence in the home loan origination and servicing businesses through acquisition. These mortgage banking acquisitions also served to further broaden our national footprint.

        Having created a viable branch presence in many of the largest metropolitan areas over the past decade, our current retail banking store expansion strategy is focused primarily on middle market consumers in those states where we have both a home loan and retail banking presence. As compared to our branching strategy over the last decade, this focus on our existing markets carries lower execution risk because it enables us to leverage both existing infrastructure and brand awareness and is concentrated in markets with characteristics of both above average household growth and below average branch density. For more detail on the products and services offered by our Retail Banking and Financial Services Group, refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Operating Segments."

        In the mortgage banking business, we are building scalable and repeatable processes that will enable us to enhance customer service and offer products at prices that are both competitive and profitable. The ending of the refinance boom in the latter part of 2003 and the ensuing decline in home loan volume resulted in an unacceptably high mortgage banking fixed cost structure. This was largely the result of not having integrated the loan fulfillment operations and the technologies of acquired companies. Our goal is to make this business more competitive by improving productivity and enhancing customer service. For more detail on the products and services offered by our Mortgage Banking Group, refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Operating Segments."

        Multi-family lending complements the Company's expertise in residential real estate secured lending. As a result of productivity improvements completed in this business in 2004, we are well-positioned to execute on our strategy of increasing market share in our top 15 targeted metropolitan markets. These markets have stable demand, a large disparity between the cost of renting and the cost of home ownership, and households that typically rent for an extended period of time. Our target markets also have supply

1



constraints such as geographic barriers, rent control and zoning restrictions. For more detail on the products and services offered by our Commercial Group, of which multi-family lending is the most significant part, refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Operating Segments."

Available Information

        We make our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to such reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, available free of charge on or through our website located at www.wamu.com/ir as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        The Company's Code of Conduct, which applies to all officers, directors and employees of the Company, and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which applies to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, and each business segment or business line chief financial officer and controller, as well as any waiver of our Code of Conduct or Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, are disclosed on our website located at www.wamu.com/ir.

Employees

        At December 31, 2004, we had 52,579 employees, compared with 63,720 at December 31, 2003 and 55,200 at December 31, 2002, which included zero, 2,346 and 2,330 employees related to the Company's discontinued operations. During 2004, our number of employees decreased primarily due to the Company's cost containment initiative directed at reducing the fixed cost structure of the mortgage banking business through reduced employee headcount. During 2003, our number of employees increased substantially to accommodate the high refinancing activity in the earlier part of the year and the opening of new retail banking stores. We believe that we have been successful in attracting quality employees and that our employee relations are good.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

        Our Form 10-K and other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission have forward-looking statements. In addition, our senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others.  Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could" or "may."

        Forward-looking statements provide our expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements.

        Some of these factors are described below.

    Volatile interest rates impact our mortgage banking business and could adversely affect our earnings.

        Changes in interest rates affect the mortgage banking business in complex and significant ways. Changes in interest rates can affect loan origination fees, gain from mortgage loans and loan servicing fees, which are the principal components of home loan mortgage banking income. When mortgage rates decline, we would generally expect loan volumes to increase as borrowers refinance, which leads to accelerated payoffs of mortgage loans in our servicing portfolio, which reduces the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights ("MSR"), and to increased loan origination fees and gain from mortgage loans, as our mix of originated mortgage loans generally shifts to saleable fixed-rate products. When mortgage rates rise, we

2



would generally expect loan volumes to decrease, which generally leads to reduced payoffs in our servicing portfolio, which increases the fair value of our MSR, and to reduced loan origination fees and gain from mortgage loans, as our mix or originated mortgage loans generally shifts to adjustable-rate products we hold in portfolio.

        To mitigate changes in fair value of our MSR, we purchase and sell financial instruments, such as mortgage-backed securities and fixed-rate investment securities; enter into interest rate contracts and forward commitments to purchase or sell mortgage-backed securities, which tend to increase in value when mortgage rates decline and decrease in value when mortgage rates rise; and we adjust the mix and amount of such financial instruments or contracts to take into account the effects of different interest rate environments. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting the amount, type and mix of financial instruments and contracts to mitigate changes in fair value of our MSR. We cannot assure that the amount, type and mix of financial instruments and contracts we select will offset significant decreases in the value of the MSR and the Company's earnings could be adversely affected. Moreover, some of the risk management instruments we use may experience periods of illiquidity in the secondary markets, in which case our ability to effectively mitigate changes in the fair value of the MSR could be adversely affected.

        Historically, the Company has held adjustable-rate mortgage ("ARM") loans in its portfolio; however, the industry-wide increase in the origination volume of adjustable-rate mortgages has facilitated the development of a secondary market for these products and has allowed us to sell a significant portion of our signature adjustable-rate mortgage, the Option ARM, into this market. The Company believes that secondary market prices offered for its Option ARM product may result in stronger gain from mortgage loans than its conforming fixed and hybrid products; therefore, a downturn in customer demand for this product or a prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity could have an adverse effect on the Company's earnings.

        For further discussion of how interest rate risk, basis risk and prepayment risk are managed, refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Market Risk Management."

    Rising unemployment or a decrease in housing prices could adversely affect our credit performance.

        The Company's credit performance has been strong, reflecting a generally favorable economic environment for real estate lending. The Company continually monitors changes in the economy, particularly unemployment rates and housing prices. If unemployment were to rise and either a slowdown in housing price appreciation or outright declines in housing prices were to occur, borrowers may be unable to repay their loans. As a result, the Company could experience higher credit losses in its mortgage loan portfolios, which could adversely affect our earnings.

    A continuing emphasis on subprime lending could negatively impact our business.

        The Company began accelerating purchases of subprime loans in 2003, increased its specialty mortgage finance portfolio significantly in 2004 and intends to continue to grow this portfolio in the future. The specialty mortgage finance portfolio has generally performed well as a result of a strong mortgage market, housing price appreciation and the Company's disciplined approach in re-underwriting these assets. However, if there were a downturn in the national economy or local economies where we do business, the credit performance of this portfolio could suffer, with a potential adverse effect on our earnings.

    The potential for negative amortization in the Option ARM product could have an adverse effect on the Company's credit.

        The Option ARM loan is a unique adjustable-rate mortgage that can provide the borrower with up to four payment options each month and an introductory rate of interest ("start rate") that is usually much lower than the loan's fully-indexed interest rate and will last from one month to five years, depending on the type of Option ARM selected by the borrower. The minimum monthly payment is a fully amortizing

3



payment based on the start rate and is the lowest payment that the borrower may select, which means that any other payment option, such as interest only, will not be available in any month that it is less than the minimum payment. After an initial introductory period, the interest rate can adjust monthly based on movements in the index. However, the minimum monthly payment adjusts no more frequently than annually and each annual payment adjustment cannot exceed, in amount, a specified percentage of the previous year's minimum monthly payment. As a result, depending on how the interest rate adjusts, the minimum monthly payment may not be sufficient to pay all the interest that accrued during the previous month. When this occurs and the borrower selects the minimum payment option, the unpaid interest is added to the principal balance. This is called negative amortization.

        To limit the amount of negative amortization that can accrue, after every 60 months of the loan, the loan is reamortized without regard to the annual payment cap. The new minimum monthly payment will then be sufficient to repay the loan based on the interest rate, principal balance and remainder of the loan term. Furthermore, the loan is automatically reamortized without regard to the annual payment cap whenever the loan balance exceeds the original loan balance by a stated percentage.

        The Company continually monitors the credit risk inherent in the Option ARM and assesses the adequacy of its loan loss allowance for its portfolio of Option ARMs in light of prevailing circumstances and the historical and current levels of negative amortization in its Option ARM portfolio. If credit risks associated with the Option ARM were to increase in severity, the Company's earnings could be adversely affected.

    We face competition from banking and nonbanking companies.

        The Company operates in a highly competitive environment and expects competition to continue as financial services companies combine to produce larger companies that are able to offer a wide array of financial products and services at competitive prices. In addition, customer convenience and service capabilities, such as product lines offered and the accessibility of services are significant competitive factors.

        Our most direct competition for loans comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions and national mortgage companies. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions and credit unions doing business in our market areas. As with all banking organizations, we have also experienced competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and government debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of our primary market areas. In addition, technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that were traditionally offered only by banks. Many of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and some have lower cost structures.

        We also face competition for talent. Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and keep key people. Competition for the best people in most businesses in which we engage can be intense. If we are unable to attract and retain talented people, our business could suffer.

    Changes in the regulation of financial services companies and housing government-sponsored enterprises could adversely affect our business.

        Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in Congress. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. Proposals that are now receiving a great deal of attention include consumer protection initiatives relating to bank overdraft practices, security of customer information, marketing practices, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and predatory lending. It is possible that one or more legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. For further discussion of the regulation of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision."

4



        The Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and the Federal Home Loan Banks are housing government-sponsored enterprises ("GSEs") which play a powerful role in the mortgage industry. We have significant business relationships with these GSEs, particularly the sale of loans to these entities. Proposals being considered in Congress include establishing a new independent agency to regulate GSEs, imposing new regulatory restrictions on the activities and operations of GSEs and reducing or limiting certain business benefits GSEs receive from the federal government. The enactment of any of these proposals could increase the costs incurred by, or otherwise adversely affect the business of, the GSEs, which in turn could have an adverse impact on our business.

        If we are unable to sell our loans to the GSEs due to limitations imposed on their business, our liquidity in the secondary market could be reduced and our earnings could be adversely affected. For further discussion of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and the regulation of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision."

    General business and economic conditions, including movements in interest rates, may significantly affect our earnings.

        Our business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include the slope of the yield curve, inflation, the money supply, the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which we conduct business. Changes in these conditions may adversely affect our business and earnings.  For example, when short-term interest rates rise, there is a lag period until our adjustable-rate mortgages reprice. As a result, the Company may experience compression of its net interest margin with a commensurate adverse effect on earnings. Likewise, if a flat or inverted yield curve develops, our earnings could be adversely affected as this may also compress the margin and hinder our ability to increase the amount of adjustable-rate loans that are held in portfolio. A prolonged economic downturn could increase the number of customers who become delinquent or default on their loans, or a rising interest rate environment could decrease customer demand for loans. An increase in delinquencies or defaults could result in a higher level of charge-offs and provision for loan and lease losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

        In addition, our business and earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Federal Reserve System policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

    Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.

        Reputational risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from the actual or perceived manner in which we conduct our business activities, including our sales and trading practices, including practices in our origination and servicing operations and retail banking operations; our management of actual or potential conflicts of interest and ethical issues; and our protection of confidential customer information. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. We take steps to minimize reputation risk in the way we conduct our business activities and deal with our customers and communities.

Environmental Regulation

        Our business and properties are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing environmental matters, including the regulation of hazardous substances and wastes. For example, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state

5



laws, owners and operators of contaminated properties may be liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous substances without regard to whether such persons actually caused the contamination. Such laws may affect us both as an owner or former owner of properties used in or held for our business, and as a secured lender on property that is found to contain hazardous substances or wastes. Our general policy is to obtain an environmental assessment prior to foreclosing on commercial property. We may elect not to foreclose on properties that contain such hazardous substances or wastes, thereby limiting, and in some instances precluding, the liquidation of such properties.

Regulation and Supervision

        The following discussion describes elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well as federal savings associations and provides some specific information relevant to us. This regulatory framework is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors.

        To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those provisions. Those statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company's business.

    General

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a Washington State corporation. It owns two federal savings associations as well as numerous nonbank subsidiaries. Washington Mutual, Inc. is a savings and loan holding company. As a savings and loan holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

        Our federal savings associations are subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OTS, their primary federal regulator, as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). On January 1, 2005, our state savings bank, Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") merged into Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA"), and ceased to exist; consequently, we no longer own a state savings bank that is subject to regulation and supervision by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington and by the FDIC. Our nonbank financial subsidiaries are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations.

        All of our banking subsidiaries are under the common control of Washington Mutual, Inc. and are insured by the FDIC. If an insured institution fails, claims for administrative expenses of the receiver and for deposits in U.S. branches (including claims of the FDIC as subrogee of the failed institution) have priority over the claims of general unsecured creditors. In addition, the FDIC has authority to require any of our banking subsidiaries to reimburse it for losses it incurs in connection either with the failure of another of our banking subsidiaries or with the FDIC's provision of assistance to one of our banking subsidiaries that is in danger of failure.

    Payment of Dividends

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and nonbanking subsidiaries. Its principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by those subsidiaries, investment income, and borrowings. Federal laws limit the amount of dividends or other capital distributions that a banking institution, such as our federal savings associations, can pay. Each of our banking subsidiaries has a policy to remain well-capitalized and, accordingly, would not pay dividends to the extent payment of the dividend would result in it not being well-capitalized. In addition, our federal savings associations must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before they can pay dividends to their parent companies. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for a more detailed description of the limits on the dividends our subsidiary banks can pay.

6



    Capital Adequacy

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its subsidiary depository banking institutions is subject to OTS capital requirements. An institution's capital category depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital measure, a leverage ratio capital measure, a tangible equity ratio measure, and certain other factors.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS regulations, an institution (that is not in the most highly-rated category) is required to have a leverage ratio of core capital to adjusted total assets of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.00%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.00% and a tangible capital ratio of at least 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        As of December 31, 2004 each of our banking subsidiaries met all capital requirements to which it was subject and satisfied the requirements to be treated as well-capitalized. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for an analysis of our regulatory capital.

        The Company continues to actively follow the progress of the U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in developing a new set of regulatory risk-based capital requirements. The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision is a committee established by the central bank governors of certain industrialized nations, including the United States. The new requirements are commonly referred to as Basel II or The New Basel Capital Accord. The Company is participating in efforts to refine these standards to ensure that they measure risk as precisely as possible within the framework of The New Basel Capital Accord. The Company is working to ensure that its internal measurement of credit risk, market risk, and operational risk will comply with the standards of The New Basel Capital Accord. The Company is also assessing the potential impacts The New Basel Capital Accord may have on its business practices as well as broader competitive effects within the industry.

    Holding Company Status and Acquisitions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a multiple savings and loan holding company, as defined by federal law, because it owns more than one savings association. Washington Mutual, Inc. is regulated as a unitary savings and loan holding company, however, because the OTS deems our federal savings associations to have been acquired in supervisory transactions. Therefore, we are exempt from certain restrictions that would otherwise apply under federal law to the activities and investments of a multiple savings and loan holding company. These restrictions will apply to Washington Mutual, Inc. if any of our banking institutions fails to meet a qualified thrift lender test established by federal law. As of December 31, 2004, the Company's banking subsidiaries were in compliance with qualified thrift lender standards.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire control of another savings association unless the OTS approves. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a company, other than a bank holding company, unless the OTS approves, or by an individual unless the OTS does not object after receiving notice. Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a bank holding company unless the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") approves. In any case, the public must have an opportunity to comment on the proposed acquisition, and the OTS or Federal Reserve must complete an

7



application review. Without prior approval from the OTS, Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any savings institution that is not one of its subsidiaries.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally restricts any non-financial entity from acquiring Washington Mutual, Inc. unless such non-financial entity was, or had submitted an application to become, a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999. Since Washington Mutual, Inc. was treated as a unitary savings and loan holding company prior to that date, Washington Mutual, Inc. may engage in non-financial activities and acquire non-financial subsidiaries.

    Federal Home Loan Bank System

        The primary purpose of the Federal Home Loan Banks (the "FHLBs") is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. The FHLBs are generally able to make advances to their member institutions at interest rates that are lower than could otherwise be obtained by such institutions. The FHLB System consists of twelve regional FHLBs; each is federally chartered but privately owned by its member institutions. The Federal Housing Finance Board ("Finance Board"), a government agency, is generally responsible for regulating the FHLB System.

        One of our federal savings associations, WMBFA, currently is a member of the San Francisco FHLB. Our other federal savings association, Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb"), is a member of the Seattle FHLB.

        The Finance Board has issued a regulation that will require each FHLB to register a class of its equity securities with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by filing a Form 10 no later than June 30, 2005 and having the registration be effective no later than August 29, 2005. As a result, each FHLB will be required to file quarterly, annual and supplemental financial disclosures with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to provide more public disclosure.

        Congress is considering proposals which would establish a new regulator for the FHLB system, as well as for other housing government-sponsored enterprises. We cannot predict at this time which, if any, of these proposals may be adopted or what effect they would have on the business of the Company.

    Deposit Insurance

        The FDIC insures the deposits of each of our banking subsidiaries to the applicable maximum in each institution, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. The FDIC administers two separate deposit insurance funds, the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"). The BIF is a deposit insurance fund for commercial banks and some federal and state-chartered savings banks. The SAIF is a deposit insurance fund for most savings associations. Our federal savings associations are members of the SAIF, but a small portion of WMBFA's deposits are insured through the BIF.

        The FDIC has established a risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments. Under the risk-based assessment system, an institution's insurance assessments vary according to the level of capital the institution holds and the degree to which it is the subject of supervisory concern. During 2004, the assessment rate for both SAIF and BIF deposits ranged from zero to 0.27% of assessable deposits. Our banking subsidiaries qualified for the lowest rate on their deposits in 2004 and paid no deposit insurance assessments.

    Affiliate Transaction Restrictions

        Our two banking subsidiaries are subject to, and comply with, the affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System as well as additional limitations imposed by the OTS. These provisions prohibit or limit a banking institution from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, affiliates (such as Washington Mutual, Inc.), principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the banking institution and its affiliates.

8



    Federal Reserve, Consumer and Other Regulation

        Numerous regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board affect the business operations of our banking subsidiaries. These include regulations relating to equal credit opportunity, electronic fund transfers, collection of checks, truth in lending, truth in savings and availability of funds.

        Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, each of our banking subsidiaries is required to maintain a reserve against its transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase an institution's cost of funds.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act included provisions that give consumers new protections regarding the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. In addition, states are permitted under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act to have their own privacy laws, which may offer greater protection to consumers than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Numerous states in which the Company does business have enacted such laws.

        The USA PATRIOT Act, which was enacted following the events of September 11, 2001, included numerous provisions designed to fight international money laundering and to block terrorist access to the U.S. financial system. We have established policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act's provisions, and the impact of the Act on our operations has not been material.

    Community Reinvestment Act

        The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") requires that our banking subsidiaries ascertain and help meet the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- to moderate-income neighborhoods, while maintaining safe and sound banking practices. The primary federal regulatory agency assigns one of four possible ratings to an institution's CRA performance and is required to make public an institution's rating and written evaluation. The four possible ratings of meeting community credit needs are outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, and substantial noncompliance. In 2004, each of our federal associations received an "outstanding" CRA rating from the OTS. We maintain a CRA public file that is available for viewing. The file includes copies of our most recent CRA Public Evaluations, descriptions of our products and services, delivery outlet information, and public comments.

        In September 2001, we announced a ten-year $375 billion community commitment, effective January 2002. This commitment replaced prior ones made by us and the companies we acquired. As of December 31, 2004, we had exceeded our yearly targets for lending in low- to moderate-income neighborhoods and underserved market areas .

    Regulatory Enforcement

        The OTS and the FDIC may take regulatory enforcement actions against any of their regulated institutions that do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any banking institution, or any institution-affiliated party, such as a director, officer, employee, agent, or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. Each of the OTS and the FDIC has authority under various circumstances to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured institution that it regulates, to issue cease and desist orders, to obtain injunctions restraining or prohibiting unsafe or unsound practices, to revalue assets and to require the establishment of reserves. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of, or condition imposed by the FDIC.

9



    Regulation of Nonbanking Affiliates

        As broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities. As a registered investment advisor, WM Advisors is subject to various federal and state securities regulations and restrictions. Our specialty mortgage finance subsidiary is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, including those relating to truth-in-lending, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting, real estate settlement procedures, debt collection practices and usury. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by various state insurance regulators. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to various state licensing and examination requirements.

Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of Washington Mutual:

Executive Officers

  Age
  Capacity in Which Served

  Employee of
Company
Since

Kerry K. Killinger   55   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer   1983
Michael L. Amato   48   Executive Vice President and President, Retail Banking Distribution   1982
Thomas W. Casey   42   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   2002
Craig J. Chapman   48   President, Commercial Group   1998
Fay L. Chapman   58   Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel   1997
Daryl D. David   50   Executive Vice President, Human Resources   2000
Debora D. Horvath   50   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer   2004
Kenneth E. Kido   47   Executive Vice President and President, Banking Products and Operations   2001
William A. Longbrake   62   Vice Chair   1996
Robert H. Miles   48   Senior Vice President and Controller   1999
J. Benson Porter   39   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer   1996
Stephen J. Rotella   51   President and Chief Operating Officer   2005
James G. Vanasek   61   Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer   1999

        Mr. Killinger established the Executive Committee in 1990 to facilitate and coordinate decision making and communication among the most senior executive officers of the Company who, as a committee, determine the Company's strategic direction. The executive officers serving on this committee are indicated below.

        Mr. Killinger is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual. He was named President and a Director in 1988, Chief Executive Officer in 1990 and Chairman in 1991. He served as President through 2004. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

        Mr. Amato is Executive Vice President and President, Retail Banking Distribution. He is responsible for the management and operations of nearly 2,000 financial centers in 14 states including the Company's small business operations. Additionally, Mr. Amato oversees WM Advisors, Inc. and WM Financial Services, Inc. He became a member of the Executive Committee in 2005. Mr. Amato began his career at Washington Mutual in 1982 and served as manager of the national branch network beginning in 2000.

        Mr. Casey is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual. As a member of the Executive Committee, he oversees all aspects of Washington Mutual's corporate finance, strategic planning and investor relations functions. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Casey was

10



with GE Capital Corp. from 1992 through 2002 where he held advising, controllership and analyst positions prior to becoming a vice president of GE and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Financial Assurance in 1999.

        Mr. Chapman is President of the Commercial Group. He is responsible for the Company's multi-family lending, commercial real estate lending, mortgage banker finance, Long Beach Mortgage Company and specialty mortgage finance. Mr. Chapman joined Washington Mutual in 1998 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual Finance Corporation and became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. In addition to his current responsibilities, Mr. Chapman also led the Company's mortgage banking business from June 2004 to March 2005.

        Ms. Chapman is Washington Mutual's General Counsel and has been Senior Executive Vice President since 1999. She became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a member of the Executive Committee in 1997. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, she was a partner at the Seattle law firm of Foster Pepper & Shefelman PLLC from 1979 to 1997.

        Mr. David joined Washington Mutual in 2000 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. He is responsible for talent acquisition, organizational capabilities, leadership development and rewards and benefits. Mr. David became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. He joined Washington Mutual from Amazon.com where he was Vice President of Strategic Growth and Human Resources from 1999 to 2000. Previously, he served in executive human resource positions with Sanga International, Magnetek, Inc., and Allied Signal from 1992 to 1999.

        Ms. Horvath joined Washington Mutual in 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. She is responsible for overseeing the Company's enterprise-wide technology efforts. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, she served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer with GE Capital – Great Northern Annuity, GE Financial Assurance and GE Insurance from 1995 to 2004.

        Mr. Kido is Executive Vice President and President, Banking Products and Operations. He manages all aspects of consumer lending and deposit product management and operations, and oversees senior management of the ethnic and diversity initiatives of the Company. He became a member of the Executive Committee in 2005. Mr. Kido joined Washington Mutual in July 2001 after spending 24 years with Bank of America, most recently as head of their Consumer Card Division.

        Mr. Longbrake has been Vice Chair since 1999 and a member of the Executive Committee since 1996. He serves as the Company's primary executive liaison with regulators, legislators, industry trade organizations, and government-sponsored enterprises. Mr. Longbrake was an Executive Vice President from 1996 to 1999 and served as the Company's Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 2002.

        Mr. Miles has been Senior Vice President and Controller since January 2001. He serves as Washington Mutual's principal accounting officer. Mr. Miles joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax in June 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Miles was Director, Domestic Taxes of the former BankBoston, N.A. from 1996 to 1999.

        Mr. Porter is Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer. In this role, he oversees teams that provide company-wide support for sourcing and purchasing, program management, operational excellence initiatives, corporate property management, community affairs, community lending and investment and wire room services. Mr. Porter joined Washington Mutual in 1996 and became a member of the Executive Committee in 2004.

        Mr. Rotella became President and Chief Operating Officer of Washington Mutual in January of 2005 and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for the oversight of the Company's retail, commercial and mortgage lines of business and technology group, as well as day-to-day corporate administration. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, he was an Executive Vice President with JPMorgan Chase and served on its executive committee from 2001 to 2004. In addition, he was the Chief

11



Executive Officer of Chase Home Finance from 2001 to 2004 and the Chief Operating Officer from 1998 to 2001.

        Mr. Vanasek is Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer. He is responsible for overseeing credit risk management for the Company, as well as compliance, market and operational risk, internal audit and business continuity planning. Mr. Vanasek became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Prior to joining Washington Mutual in 1999, he spent eight years at the former Norwest Bank, in a variety of lending risk management positions including Chief Credit Officer.


Properties

        The Company's primary executive and business segment headquarters are located at 1201 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101. The Company leases approximately 400,000 square feet at this location and an additional 1 million square feet in downtown Seattle locations for administrative functions.

        The Company, in a joint venture with the Seattle Art Museum, is constructing a new headquarters building in downtown Seattle. On completion of the building, the Company will own approximately 900,000 square feet and will lease from the Seattle Art Museum an additional 250,000 square feet for a period of up to 25 years. The lessor has the right to cancel the lease, in whole or in part, at any time after the tenth year of the lease. Occupancy and the term of the lease are expected to commence concurrently in 2006 at which time the leases referenced above will not be renewed and the majority of the occupants will move to the new headquarters building.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company or its subsidiaries owned or leased property in 42 states through 1,939 retail banking stores, 478 lending stores and centers and 500 administrative and other offices. Administrative facilities include the ownership or leasing of approximately 3 million square feet in California, 900,000 square feet in Florida, 800,000 square feet in Texas and 700,000 square feet in Illinois.


Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        During 2004, six plaintiffs filed lawsuits in the U.S. District Court, Western Division of Washington, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. Each plaintiff purported to represent a class of purchasers of Washington Mutual, Inc., securities from April 15, 2003 through June 28, 2004, and the defendants included the Company and various of its senior executives. Subsequently, a stipulated Order was submitted to the court through which the six cases were consolidated into a single action, lead plaintiffs and lead plaintiffs' counsel were appointed, and a schedule was set for further filings.

        Pursuant to that schedule, lead plaintiffs filed their Consolidated Amended Complaint on March 1, 2005. In brief, the amended complaint alleges that in various public statements the defendants purportedly made misrepresentations and failed to disclose material facts concerning, among other things, alleged internal systems problems and hedging issues. The complaint also asserts that these and related problems were such that the Company's financial statements were not in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") regulations.

        The Company anticipates that the defendants will seek to dismiss the case. The defendants' motion to dismiss is to be filed by May 17, 2005, and briefing is to be completed by August 16, 2005. No oral argument has been set on defendants' anticipated motion.

12


        See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies" for a further discussion of pending and threatened litigation action and proceedings against the Company.


Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        None.


PART II

Market for our Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WM. As of February 28, 2005, there were 879,248,564 shares issued and outstanding (including 6 million shares held in escrow) held by 53,804 shareholders of record. The information regarding high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company's common stock, and the quarterly cash dividends declared thereon, is set forth in this Form 10-K in the "Quarterly Results of Operations" table included under Supplementary Data on page 147 and is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

        The table below represents share repurchases made by the Company for the quarter ended December 31, 2004. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  Total
Number
of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased (1)

  Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)

  Total
Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (2)

  Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares (or Units)
that May Yet
Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs

October 1, 2004 to October 31, 2004     $     43,465,506
November 1, 2004 to November 30, 2004   2,447     40.83     43,465,506
December 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004   11,307     41.25     43,465,506
   
             
Total   13,754     41.18     43,465,506

(1)
In addition to shares repurchased pursuant to our publicly announced repurchase program, this column includes shares acquired under equity compensation arrangements with the Company's employees and directors.
(2)
Effective July 15, 2003, the Company adopted a share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors. Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its common stock, as conditions warrant. As of September 30, 2004, the Company had repurchased 56,534,494 shares.

13



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Discontinued Operations

        In January 2004, the Company sold its subsidiary, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, for approximately $1.30 billion in cash. Accordingly, Washington Mutual Finance is presented in this report as a discontinued operation with the results of operations and cash flows segregated from the Company's results of continuing operations for all periods presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income, Cash Flows and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as well as the tables presented herein, unless otherwise noted. Likewise, the assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance are presented as separate captions on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Controls and Procedures

        The Company's management, under the direction of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        We review and evaluate the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures on an ongoing basis and improve our controls and procedures over time and correct any deficiencies that we may discover. While we believe the present design of our disclosure controls and procedures is effective, future events affecting our business may cause us to modify our disclosure controls and procedures.

        There have not been any changes in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2004 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. For additional discussion of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting, refer to Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting on page 73.

Overview

        Net income for 2004 was $2.88 billion, or $3.26 per diluted share, a decrease from $3.88 billion, or $4.21 per diluted share in 2003. The decline was largely the result of lower net interest income and home loan mortgage banking income. Included in earnings for 2004 was an after-tax gain of $399 million, or 45 cents per diluted share, from the first quarter sale and disposal of the Company's consumer finance subsidiary, Washington Mutual Finance. This subsidiary contributed $87 million, or 9 cents per diluted share, to earnings in 2003.

        Net interest income was $7.12 billion in 2004, compared with $7.63 billion in 2003. The decrease was primarily due to contraction in the net interest margin, which declined from 3.11% in 2003 to 2.82% in 2004. This 29 basis point decline was largely the result of declining asset yields during the first half of 2004 and a decline in noninterest-bearing custodial and escrow balances that resulted from much lower levels of mortgage refinancing activity. The effect of declines in asset yields and noninterest-bearing custodial and escrow balances on the net interest margin was partially offset by a decrease in funding costs on interest-bearing liabilities. This was largely the result of actions taken during 2004 that resulted in the early termination of certain higher cost repurchase agreements and Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and lower rates paid on interest-bearing checking accounts. In particular, the average rate paid on Platinum checking accounts declined from 1.83% in 2003 to 1.39% in 2004.

        As domestic economic indicators continued to strengthen in 2004, the Federal Reserve took steps to reduce the potential threat of inflation by initiating a series of 25 basis point increases in the targeted

14



federal funds rate. As a result this benchmark interest rate, which was at a modern-day historical low of 1.00% during the first half of the year, increased to 2.25% by the end of 2004. As our adjustable-rate loans and securities reprice to current market rates more slowly than our wholesale borrowing sources, we expect the net interest margin will contract further while the Company's interest-sensitive assets and liabilities adjust to the higher interest rate environment. The contraction is likely to be more significant if the Federal Reserve initiates further rate increases at a more accelerated pace, or if competitive conditions require the Company to increase rates offered on its deposit products.

        Home loan mortgage banking income was $1.39 billion in 2004, a decrease of $587 million from $1.97 billion in 2003. As mortgage rates during 2004 stayed above the historical low levels reached during 2003, refinancing activity, which in 2003 was primarily comprised of fixed-rate mortgages that were sold in the secondary market, declined significantly. This resulted in a decline in gain from mortgage loans from $1.25 billion in 2003 to $649 million in 2004. During the latter part of 2003, higher long-term interest rates widened the interest rate differential between adjustable-rate mortgages and fixed-rate loan products, which shifted customer preferences for the financing of home purchases to adjustable-rate products. This change in customer preferences also continued throughout 2004, and resulted in a substantial increase in loan volume for the Company's signature adjustable-rate home loan product, the Option ARM. The strong customer demand for this product during 2004 allowed the Company to direct over $31 billion of Option ARM volume for sale to the secondary market, while still retaining a majority of the volume for the loan portfolio.

        Continued strong levels of home sales, stable or rising home prices in most of the Company's markets and an upward-sloping yield curve fueled adjustable-rate mortgage growth in the total home loan portfolio, which increased from $113.02 billion at December 31, 2003 to $129.13 billion at December 31, 2004. In addition to the strong demand for adjustable-rate mortgages, the Company also grew its portfolio of purchased subprime home loans during 2004. This portfolio, which totaled $12.97 billion at the end of 2003, increased to $19.14 billion at December 31, 2004. Strong home equity loan and line of credit volume that was generated primarily through the Company's retail banking network was also a significant contributor to growth in our loan portfolio in 2004. Outstanding home equity loan and line of credit balances have increased by $16.00 billion, or 58%, since December 31, 2003.

        We continue to grow our retail banking business by opening new stores and enhancing our product suite. Total transaction accounts, which consist of checking and savings accounts for consumers and small businesses, increased by nearly 1.3 million during 2004. We achieved our goal of opening 250 new stores during the year, and we plan to continue this pace of expansion by adding 250 more stores in our existing markets during 2005.

        The Company achieved its target of holding 2004 noninterest expense essentially flat with expenses incurred during 2003. This goal was attained through a cost containment initiative that was launched in the fourth quarter of 2003. In 2004, this initiative was primarily directed at reducing the fixed cost structure of the mortgage banking business through employee headcount reductions and facilities closures. By the end of that year, this initiative had resulted in cumulative headcount reductions of approximately 10,000 with an additional 300 who had received termination notices as of that date. The primary components of noninterest expense that have been impacted by this initiative are compensation and benefits expense due to the headcount reductions and severance charges associated with those reductions, and occupancy and equipment expense due to facilities closures. As planned, the cost savings from this initiative have offset expenses incurred from the continuing expansion of the retail banking franchise.

        Improving the cost structure of our mortgage banking business will continue to be an area of focus in the foreseeable future. Two significant milestones that streamlined the cost structure of this business occurred during the third quarter of 2004, when the Company completed its conversion of all home loan customer records onto a single servicing system and consolidated 12 mortgage banking loan fulfillment centers into the 34 remaining centers and reduced staffing levels at those remaining locations. The Company also announced in that quarter that the mortgage banking business will focus its activities in

15



markets in which the Company believes it can optimize its retail banking cross-selling opportunities. This initiative resulted in the sale or closure of approximately 100 retail mortgage lending offices.

        The Company also determined during the third quarter that the Commercial Group will exit certain activities that are no longer aligned with the Company's strategic objectives. These activities include home construction loans made to builders and commercial loans made to companies whose annual revenues typically exceed $5 million. This initiative resulted in the closure of 53 commercial banking locations and the elimination of approximately 850 positions.

16


Critical Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate given the facts and circumstances as of December 31, 2004.

        Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In particular, we have identified two accounting policies that, due to the judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, and the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements to those judgments, estimates and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies relate to the valuation of our MSR and the methodology that determines our allowance for loan and lease losses. The table below represents information about the nature of and rationale for the Company's critical accounting estimates:


Critical
Accounting
Policy

  Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Condition Caption

  Consolidated
Statements of
Income Caption

  Nature of Estimates Required
  Reference

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights   Mortgage servicing rights   Home loan mortgage banking income (expense): Mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments   Determining the fair value of our MSR requires us to anticipate future prepayment speeds. The Company's loan servicing portfolio is subject to prepayment risk, which subjects our MSR to impairment risk.


The fair value of our MSR is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model calculates the present value of the estimated future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various assumptions, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates. This model is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in anticipated prepayment speeds, in particular, result in substantial fluctuations in the estimated fair value of MSR. If actual prepayment experience differs from the anticipated rates used in the Company's model, this difference may result in a material change in MSR fair value.


While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in market conditions. All assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of these assumptions is evaluated through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than quarterly, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value estimates.
  Limitations to the measurement of MSR fair value and the key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans' MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions are described in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Earnings Performance" on page 29 and in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

17



Critical
Accounting
Policy

  Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Condition Caption

  Consolidated
Statements of
Income Caption

  Nature of Estimates Required
  Reference

Allowance for loan and lease losses   Allowance for loan and lease losses   Provision for loan and lease losses   The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of our borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect the borrowers' ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans and general economic conditions. Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses in future periods.   The estimates and judgments are described in further detail in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Credit Risk Management" on page 45 and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

        Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies with the Company's Audit Committee. The Company no longer considers its accounting policy for interest rate lock commitments on loans to be held for sale to be critical as the value of the expected servicing rights that the Company retains when the underlying loans are sold is no longer recognized at the issuance of the rate lock as prescribed by the guidance issued in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, which the Company applied as of January 1, 2004. The Company also no longer considers its accounting policy for net periodic benefit cost recognized under postretirement benefit plans to be critical as the effect of changes in the assumptions used to calculate this amount would not be expected to have a material effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income. These policies and the judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 ("SOP 03-3"), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 does not permit the carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. The Company does not expect the adoption of SOP 03-3 to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets . Statement

18



No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. It eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets of Accounting Principals Bulletin ("APB") Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. The Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005, and is not expected to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued a revised version of the original Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. This Statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. This Statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees, except for equity instruments held by employee stock ownership plans. Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. The Company is still in the process of evaluating the impact of Statement No. 123R which will be prospectively applied as of July 1, 2005. However, as the Company has already adopted Statement No. 148 and stock-based awards generally vest at the end of a three-year period, only those awards issued during 2002 that have not yet vested will be affected by Statement No. 123R. As such, the Company does not expect this Statement to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

19


Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Income Statement Data (for the year ended)                              
  Net interest income   $ 7,116   $ 7,629   $ 8,129   $ 6,492   $ 3,952
  Provision for loan and lease losses     209     42     404     426     77
  Noninterest income     4,612     5,850     4,469     3,176     1,925
  Noninterest expense     7,535     7,408     6,188     4,416     2,970
  Net income     2,878     3,880     3,861     3,104     1,871
  Basic earnings per common share (1) :                              
    Income from continuing operations     2.88     4.20     4.01     3.57     2.24
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.46     0.09     0.08     0.07     0.09
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income     3.34     4.29     4.09     3.64     2.33
  Diluted earnings per common share (1) :                              
    Income from continuing operations     2.81     4.12     3.94     3.51     2.23
    Income from discontinued operations, net     0.45     0.09     0.08     0.07     0.09
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income     3.26     4.21     4.02     3.58     2.32
  Dividends declared per common share (1)     1.74     1.40     1.06     0.90     0.76
Balance Sheet Data (at year end)                              
  Securities   $ 19,219   $ 36,707   $ 43,905   $ 58,233   $ 58,547
  Loans held for sale     42,743     20,837     39,623     27,574     3,404
  Loans held in portfolio     207,071     175,150     143,028     126,396     115,898
  Mortgage servicing rights     5,906     6,354     5,341     6,241     1,017
  Goodwill     6,196     6,196     6,213     2,116     919
  Assets     307,918     275,178     268,225     242,468     194,688
  Deposits     173,658     153,181     155,516     106,946     79,384
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     15,944     28,333     16,717     39,447     29,756
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     70,074     48,330     51,265     61,072     57,698
  Other borrowings     18,498     15,483     14,712     9,925     7,734
  Stockholders' equity     21,226     19,742     20,061     14,025     10,138
Supplemental Data                              
  Loan volume:                              
    Home loans:                              
      Adjustable rate   $ 103,305   $ 99,899   $ 84,627   $ 37,224   $ 37,286
      Fixed rate     77,723     263,604     180,745     108,105     6,631
      Specialty mortgage finance (2)     31,334     20,678     14,077     10,333     7,549
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loan volume     212,362     384,181     279,449     155,662     51,466
    Total loan volume     266,733     432,245     309,419     172,951     62,973

(1)
Restated for all stock splits.
(2)
Represents purchased subprime loan portfolios and mortgages originated by Long Beach Mortgage Company.

20


Ratios and Other Supplemental Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Profitability                    
  Return on average assets (1)     1.01 %   1.37 %   1.42 %
  Return on average common stockholders' equity (1)     14.02     18.85     19.34  
  Net interest margin     2.82     3.11     3.41  
  Efficiency ratio (2)(3)     64.25     54.96     49.12  
Asset Quality                    
  Nonaccrual loans (4)(5)   $ 1,534   $ 1,626   $ 2,155  
  Foreclosed assets (4)     261     311     328  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets (4)(5)     1,795     1,937     2,483  
  Nonperforming assets/total assets (4)(5)     0.58 %   0.70 %   0.93 %
  Restructured loans (4)   $ 34   $ 111   $ 98  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans (4)(5)     1,829     2,048     2,581  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses (4)     1,301     1,250     1,503  
  Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio (4)     0.63 %   0.71 %   1.05 %
  Net charge-offs   $ 135   $ 309   $ 248  
Capital Adequacy (4)                    
  Stockholders' equity/total assets     6.89 %   7.17 %   7.48 %
  Tangible common equity (6) /total tangible assets (6)     5.05     5.26     5.26  
  Estimated total risk-based capital/risk-weighted assets (7)     11.34     10.94     11.53  
Per Common Share Data                    
  Number of common shares outstanding at end of period (in thousands)     874,262     880,986     944,047  
  Common stock dividend payout ratio     52.10 %   32.63 %   25.92 %
  Book value per common share (4)(8)   $ 24.45   $ 22.56   $ 21.66  
  Market prices:                    
    High     45.28     46.55     39.45  
    Low     37.63     32.98     28.41  
    Year end     42.28     40.12     34.53  

(1)
Includes income from continuing and discontinued operations.
(2)
Based on continuing operations.
(3)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(4)
As of year end.
(5)
Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(6)
Excludes unrealized net gain/loss on available-for-sale securities and derivatives, goodwill and intangible assets, but includes MSR.
(7)
Estimate of what the total risk-based capital ratio would be if Washington Mutual, Inc. were a bank holding company that is subject to Federal Reserve Board capital requirements.
(8)
Excludes 6 million shares at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and 18 million shares at December 31, 2002, held in escrow.

21


Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations

    Net Interest Income

        For 2004, net interest income decreased $513 million, or 7%, compared with 2003. The decrease resulted primarily from contraction of the net interest margin, which declined 29 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2003. Yields on interest-earning assets declined through the first half of 2004, reflecting the sale and runoff of higher yielding loans and debt securities during that period and diminished levels of refinancing activity, which led to a decline in noninterest-bearing custodial and escrow balances throughout the year. The decline in net interest income was partially offset by growth in home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit balances and by lower rates on interest-bearing Platinum checking accounts and wholesale borrowings.

        For 2003, net interest income decreased $500 million, or 6%, compared with 2002. The decrease resulted from a 30 basis point decline in the net interest margin. Yields on interest-earning assets declined as loans and debt securities repriced downward from the higher interest rate environment of 2002. The decline in the net interest margin was partially offset by decreases in the rates paid on interest-bearing deposits. The free funding impact of noninterest-bearing sources that resulted from high average custodial balances also partially offset the contraction in the margin for 2003.

        Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, held for asset/liability interest rate risk management purposes decreased net interest income by $222 million in 2004. Interest rate contracts, including embedded derivatives, decreased net interest income by $617 million in 2003 and by $424 million in 2002.

22



        Certain average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Income

 
  (dollars in millions)

Assets                                                
Interest-earning assets:                                                
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell   $ 884   1.42 % $ 13   $ 2,570   1.45 % $ 37   $ 2,352   1.70 % $ 40
  Trading securities     2,368   6.39     151     1,235   6.78     84     239   16.41     39
  Available-for-sale securities (1) :                                                
    Mortgage-backed securities     10,255   3.99     409     20,977   4.91     1,030     24,654   5.46     1,345
    Investment securities     10,732   3.30     355     18,742   3.77     708     32,387   4.96     1,606
  Loans held for sale (2)     29,721   4.95     1,472     45,438   5.51     2,501     31,080   6.18     1,921
  Loans held in portfolio (2) (3) :                                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                                
      Home     107,518   4.21     4,529     86,443   4.77     4,124     86,039   5.90     5,077
      Purchased subprime     15,767   4.84     763     10,794   5.43     586     9,028   6.27     566
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total home loans     123,285   4.29     5,292     97,237   4.84     4,710     95,067   5.94     5,643
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     35,859   4.69     1,683     21,163   4.98     1,053     13,382   5.91     790
      Home construction (4)     2,489   5.50     137     2,062   5.90     122     2,222   6.85     152
      Multi-family     21,090   4.96     1,046     19,409   5.30     1,029     17,973   6.01     1,081
      Other real estate     6,396   5.94     380     7,243   6.35     460     8,368   6.83     572
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans secured by real estate     189,119   4.51     8,538     147,114   5.01     7,374     137,012   6.01     8,238
    Consumer     899   10.11     91     1,208   8.87     107     2,340   9.41     220
    Commercial business     4,415   4.43     196     4,165   4.49     187     4,097   5.19     213
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans held in portfolio     194,433   4.54     8,825     152,487   5.03     7,668     143,449   6.04     8,671
  Other     4,108   3.05     125     3,874   3.47     135     4,274   5.46     233
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total interest-earning assets     252,501   4.50     11,350     245,323   4.96     12,163     238,435   5.81     13,855
Noninterest-earning assets:                                                
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,406               5,721               6,650          
  Goodwill     6,196               6,198               5,996          
  Other assets (5)     18,975               25,877               20,339          
   
           
           
         
        Total assets   $ 284,078             $ 283,119             $ 271,420          
   
           
           
         

(This table is continued on next page.)


(1)
The average balance and yield are based on average amortized cost balances.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan amounts outstanding.
(3)
Interest income for loans held in portfolio includes amortization of net deferred loan origination costs of $351 million, $314 million, and $246 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(5)
Includes assets of continuing and discontinued operations.

23


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

  Average
Balance

  Rate
  Interest
Expense

 
  (dollars in millions)

Liabilities                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
  Deposits:                                                
    Interest-bearing checking deposits   $ 59,826   1.28 % $ 766   $ 62,723   1.69 % $ 1,057   $ 40,338   2.55 % $ 1,028
    Savings and money market deposits     35,927   1.11     399     28,085   0.94     263     31,529   1.48     466
    Time deposits     35,917   2.44     878     31,416   2.69     845     37,253   3.13     1,167
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing deposits     131,670   1.55     2,043     122,224   1.77     2,165     109,120   2.44     2,661
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     3,522   1.50     53     3,158   1.18     37     2,976   1.90     57
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     16,660   2.26     377     22,318   2.44     545     34,830   2.31     804
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     58,622   2.16     1,268     49,441   2.62     1,296     59,369   2.82     1,676
  Other     13,724   3.59     493     13,315   3.68     491     12,172   4.34     528
   
     
 
     
 
     
      Total interest-bearing liabilities     224,198   1.89     4,234     210,456   2.15     4,534     218,467   2.62     5,726
   
     
 
     
 
     
Noninterest-bearing sources:                                                
  Noninterest-bearing deposits     33,738               41,361               25,396          
  Other liabilities (6)     5,614               10,724               7,624          
  Stockholders' equity     20,528               20,578               19,933          
   
           
           
         
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 284,078             $ 283,119             $ 271,420          
   
           
           
         
Net interest spread and net interest income         2.61   $ 7,116         2.81   $ 7,629         3.19   $ 8,129
             
           
           
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources         0.21               0.30               0.22      
Net interest margin         2.82               3.11               3.41      

(6)
Includes liabilities of continuing and discontinued operations.

24


        The dollar amounts of interest income and interest expense fluctuate depending upon changes in interest rates and upon changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average outstanding balances multiplied by the prior period's rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in average interest rate multiplied by the prior period's volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate times the change in volume) which were allocated proportionately to the changes in volume and the changes in rate and included in the relevant column below were as follows:

 
  2004 vs. 2003
  2003 vs. 2002
 
 
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
 
 
  Total
Change

  Total
Change

 
 
  Volume
  Rate
  Volume
  Rate
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                                      
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell   $ (24 ) $   $ (24 ) $ 3   $ (6 ) $ (3 )
Trading securities     73     (6 )   67     80     (35 )   45  
Available-for-sale securities:                                      
  Mortgage-backed securities     (454 )   (167 )   (621 )   (189 )   (126 )   (315 )
  Investment securities     (273 )   (80 )   (353 )   (573 )   (325 )   (898 )
Loans held for sale     (798 )   (231 )   (1,029 )   808     (228 )   580  
Loans held in portfolio:                                      
  Loans secured by real estate:                                      
    Home     926     (521 )   405     24     (977 )   (953 )
    Purchased subprime     246     (69 )   177     102     (82 )   20  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     1,172     (590 )   582     126     (1,059 )   (933 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     693     (63 )   630     403     (140 )   263  
    Home construction (1)     24     (9 )   15     (10 )   (20 )   (30 )
    Multi-family     86     (69 )   17     82     (134 )   (52 )
    Other real estate     (52 )   (28 )   (80 )   (74 )   (38 )   (112 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     1,923     (759 )   1,164     527     (1,391 )   (864 )
  Consumer     (30 )   14     (16 )   (101 )   (12 )   (113 )
  Commercial business     11     (2 )   9     3     (29 )   (26 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio     1,904     (747 )   1,157     429     (1,432 )   (1,003 )
Other     7     (17 )   (10 )   (19 )   (79 )   (98 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest income     435     (1,248 )   (813 )   539     (2,231 )   (1,692 )
Interest Expense                                      
Deposits:                                      
  Interest-bearing checking deposits     (47 )   (244 )   (291 )   450     (421 )   29  
  Savings and money market deposits     82     54     136     (45 )   (158 )   (203 )
  Time deposits     114     (81 )   33     (169 )   (153 )   (322 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total deposits     149     (271 )   (122 )   236     (732 )   (496 )
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     5     11     16     3     (23 )   (20 )
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (130 )   (38 )   (168 )   (304 )   45     (259 )
Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     218     (246 )   (28 )   (266 )   (114 )   (380 )
Other     15     (13 )   2     47     (84 )   (37 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest expense     257     (557 )   (300 )   (284 )   (908 )   (1,192 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income   $ 178   $ (691 ) $ (513 ) $ 823   $ (1,323 ) $ (500 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

25


    Noninterest Income

        Noninterest income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                            
  Loan servicing income (expense):                            
    Loan servicing fees   $ 1,950   $ 2,273   $ 2,237   (14 )% 2 %
    Amortization of MSR     (2,521 )   (3,269 )   (2,616 ) (23 ) 25  
    MSR valuation adjustments:                            
      Statement No. 133 MSR accounting valuation adjustments     699              
      Statement No. 133 fair value hedging adjustments (1)     (468 )            
   
 
 
         
      MSR net ineffectiveness under Statement No. 133     231              
      MSR lower of cost or market adjustment     (466 )   712     (3,219 )    
   
 
 
         
        Net MSR valuation adjustments     (235 )   712     (3,219 )    
    Other, net (2)     (279 )   (592 )   (271 ) (53 ) 118  
   
 
 
         
        Net loan servicing expense     (1,085 )   (876 )   (3,869 ) 24   (77 )
  Revaluation gain from derivatives     1,011     338     2,517   199   (87 )
  Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     538     543     382   (1 ) 42  
  Gain from mortgage loans     649     1,250     1,375   (48 ) (9 )
  Loan related income     272     399     268   (32 ) 49  
  Gain from sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     2     320     34   (99 ) 841  
   
 
 
         
        Total home loan mortgage banking income     1,387     1,974     707   (30 ) 179  
Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,999     1,818     1,634   10   11  
Securities fees and commissions     426     395     362   8   9  
Insurance income     226     188     155   20   21  
Portfolio loan related income     401     439     349   (9 ) 26  
Trading securities income     89     116     156   (23 ) (26 )
Gain from other available-for-sale securities     50     676     768   (93 ) (12 )
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of borrowings     (237 )   (129 )   282   84    
Other income     271     373     56   (27 ) 566  
   
 
 
         
        Total noninterest income   $ 4,612   $ 5,850   $ 4,469   (21 ) 31  
   
 
 
         

(1)
Represents changes in fair value of derivatives designated as MSR fair value hedges.
(2)
Includes loan pool expenses, which represent the shortfall of what is remitted to investors compared to what is collected from the borrowers.

    Home Loan Mortgage Banking Income

        The decrease in home loan servicing fees for the year ended December 31, 2004 was the result of the decrease in our loans serviced for others portfolio and a steady decline in the average servicing fee per loan in 2003. Our loans serviced for others portfolio decreased during the second half of 2003 as the Company's loan volume mix began to shift from loans that are designated for sale and sold to loans that are retained in the portfolio. As such, the volume of new salable loan production was lower than the paydown rate of the servicing portfolio.

        The weighted average servicing fee decreased from 38 basis points at the end of the first quarter of 2003 to 34 basis points at the end of the fourth quarter of 2003 primarily due to transactions in which a portion of the future contractual servicing cash flows were securitized and sold to third parties. These transactions decreased the net MSR balance by $628 million during 2003, but had no impact on the unpaid principal balance of the loans serviced for others portfolio.

26


        The following table presents the aggregate valuation adjustments for the MSR and the corresponding hedging and risk management derivative instruments and securities, and amortization of the MSR during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Statement No. 133 MSR accounting valuation adjustments   $ 699   $   $  
Change in value of MSR accounted for under lower of cost or market value methodology     (466 )   712     (3,219 )
   
 
 
 
    Total MSR valuation changes     233     712     (3,219 )
Statement No.133 fair value hedging adjustments (1)     (468 )        
MSR risk management:                    
  Revaluation gain from derivatives     931     526     2,645  
  Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     538     514     382  
  Gain from securities     82     305     795  
  Gain on extinguishment of borrowings             257  
   
 
 
 
    Net valuation change in hedging and risk management instruments     1,083     1,345     4,079  
Amortization of MSR     (2,521 )   (3,269 )   (2,616 )
      Total change in MSR valuation, net of hedging and risk management instruments and amortization   $ (1,205 ) $ (1,212 ) $ (1,756 )
   
 
 
 

(1)
Represents changes in fair value of derivatives designated as MSR fair value hedges.

        The following tables separately present the risk management results associated with the economic hedges of MSR, loans held for sale and other risk management activities included within noninterest income during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
  MSR
  Loans Held
for Sale

  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Revaluation gain from derivatives   $ 931   $ 80   $   $ 1,011
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     538             538
Gain from securities:                        
  Gain from other available-for-sale securities     1         49     50
  Trading securities income     81 (1)       8     89
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 1,551   $ 80   $ 57   $ 1,688
   
 
 
 

(1)
Represents revaluation gains from principal-only mortgage-backed securities.

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
  MSR
  Loans Held
for Sale

  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives   $ 526   $ (188 ) $   $ 338
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     514     29         543
Gain from securities:                        
  Gain from other available-for-sale securities     305         371     676
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 1,345   $ (159 ) $ 371   $ 1,557
   
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  MSR
  Loans Held
for Sale

  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives   $ 2,645   $ (128 ) $   $ 2,517
Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     382             382
Gain (loss) from securities:                        
  Gain (loss) from other available-for-sale securities     795         (27 )   768
Gain on extinguishment of borrowings     257         25     282
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 4,079   $ (128 ) $ (2 ) $ 3,949
   
 
 
 

27


        Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives is the earnings impact of the changes in fair value from certain derivatives where the Company either has not attempted to achieve, or has attempted but did not achieve, hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities .

        The Company began applying fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, as of April 1, 2004 to most of its MSR. The application of this guidance results in netting of the changes in fair value of the hedged MSR with the changes in fair value of the hedging derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Income, to the extent the hedge relationship is determined to be highly effective. We use conventional statistical methods of correlation to determine if the results of the changes in value of the hedged MSR and the hedging derivative meet the Statement No. 133 criteria for a highly effective hedge accounting relationship. Under lower of cost or market value accounting, impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance. The portion of the MSR in which the hedging relationship is determined not to be highly effective will continue to be accounted for at the lower of cost or market value.

        During 2004, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary MSR impairment of $895 million on the MSR asset. This amount was determined by applying an appropriate interest rate shock to the MSR in order to estimate the amount of the valuation allowance we may expect to recover in the foreseeable future. To the extent that the gross carrying value of the MSR, including the Statement No. 133 valuation adjustments, exceeded the estimated recoverable amount, that portion of the gross carrying value was written off as other-than-temporary impairment. Although the writedowns had no impact on our results of operations or financial condition, they did reduce the gross carrying value of the MSR, which is used as the basis for MSR amortization. The Company recorded other-than-temporary MSR impairment of $1.11 billion in 2003.

        MSR amortization expense was lower in 2004, compared with 2003, due to a decline in the high prepayment rates experienced in the first half of 2003 and the large other-than-temporary MSR impairment recorded in that year. MSR amortization expense was higher in 2003, compared with 2002, due to lower prepayment activity in 2002 and the acquisition of HomeSide in the fourth quarter of 2002, which added approximately $1 billion to the amortization base of MSR.

        The decrease in "Other, net" home loan servicing expense in 2004 and the increase in 2003 resulted from higher loan pool expenses in 2003 due to higher levels of refinancing activity, compared with 2004. When loans that have been sold to investors are prepaid, certain pools governed by the requirements of the pooling and servicing agreements stipulate that we remit a full month of interest to those investors during the month when a loan has prepaid, even though the borrower only pays interest through the payoff date. Pool expense represents the shortfall of what is remitted to those investors compared to what is collected from the borrowers.

28



        In evaluating the MSR for impairment, we stratify the loans in our servicing portfolio based on loan type and coupon rate. An impairment valuation allowance for a stratum is recorded when, and in the amount by which, its fair value is less than its gross carrying value. A reversal of the impairment allowance for a stratum is recorded when its fair value exceeds its net carrying value. However, a reversal in any particular stratum cannot exceed its valuation allowance. At December 31, 2004, we stratified the loans in our servicing portfolio as follows:

 
   
  December 31, 2004
 
  Rate Band
  Gross
Carrying
Value

  Valuation
Allowance

  Net
Carrying
Value

  Fair
Value

 
   
  (in millions)

Primary Servicing:                            
  Adjustable   All loans   $ 1,241   $ 143   $ 1,098   $ 1,098
  Government-sponsored enterprises   6.00% and below     2,772     514     2,258     2,258
  Government-sponsored enterprises   6.01% to 7.49%     1,405     639     766     766
  Government-sponsored enterprises   7.50% and above     172     63     109     109
  Government   6.00% and below     474     99     375     375
  Government   6.01% to 7.49%     491     225     266     266
  Government   7.50% and above     226     98     128     128
  Private   6.00% and below     463     28     435     435
  Private   6.01% to 7.49%     261     113     148     148
  Private   7.50% and above     85     28     57     57
       
 
 
 
    Total primary servicing         7,590     1,950     5,640     5,640
Master servicing   All loans     110     17     93     93
Subprime   All loans     154     13     141     141
Multi-family   All loans     33     1     32     32
       
 
 
 
    Total       $ 7,887   $ 1,981   $ 5,906   $ 5,906
       
 
 
 

        The value of our MSR asset is subject to prepayment risk. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in our servicing portfolio will not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than anticipated. Moreover, since most loans within our servicing portfolio do not contain penalty provisions for early payoff, we will not receive a corresponding economic benefit if the loan pays off earlier than expected. MSR represent the discounted present value of the future net cash flows we expect to receive from our servicing portfolio. Accordingly, prepayment risk subjects our MSR to potential impairment.

        We estimate fair value of each MSR stratum using a discounted cash flow model. The discounted cash flow model calculates the present value of the estimated future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, about which management must make assumptions based on future expectations. While the Company's model estimates a value, the specific value used is based on a variety of market-based factors, such as documented observable data and anticipated changes in prepayment speeds. The reasonableness of management's assumptions about these factors is evaluated through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than quarterly, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value conclusions.

        The fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, our determination of fair value uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on MSR fair value. Changes in fair value resulting from changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to "Market Risk Management" for

29



discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed and to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured. For a quantitative analysis of key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of MSR, and a sensitivity analysis based on changes to those assumptions, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

        The Company recorded gain from mortgage loans, net of hedging and risk management instruments, of $729 million in 2004, compared with a net gain of $1.09 billion in 2003 and $1.25 billion in 2002. The decrease of $362 million from 2003 to 2004 was primarily the result of historical low mortgage interest rates during the first part of 2003 which generated extremely high levels of fixed-rate home loan volume, most of which was the result of refinancing activity. When the industry-wide refinancing boom ended later that year, customer preferences began to shift away from fixed-rate loans to adjustable-rate products. Accordingly, the Company's fixed-rate home loan volume declined from $270.50 billion in 2003 to $84.10 billion in 2004. Conversely, short-term adjustable-rate loan volume increased from $32.27 billion in 2003 to $70.16 billion in 2004.

        As part of its normal servicing activities, the Company repurchases delinquent mortgages contained within Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") loan servicing pools and, in general, resells them to secondary market participants. Accordingly, gains from the resale of these mortgages are reported as gain from mortgage loans. Gain from the sale of these loans was $156 million in 2004, $369 million in 2003 and $126 million in 2002.

        The fair value changes in loans held for sale and the offsetting changes in the derivative instruments used as fair value hedges are recorded within gain from mortgage loans when hedge accounting treatment is achieved. Loans held for sale where hedge accounting treatment is not achieved ("nonqualifying" loans held for sale) are recorded at the lower of cost or market value. Due to changes in the fair value of derivatives acquired to mitigate the risk of fair value changes to these nonqualifying loans, a net gain of $80 million was recognized as revaluation gain/loss from derivatives during 2004, compared with a net loss of $188 million in 2003 and a net loss of $128 million in 2002. A gain may be recognized when the loans are subsequently sold if the fair value of those loans is higher than the carrying amount. As of December 31, 2004, the fair value of loans held for sale was $43.02 billion with a carrying amount of $42.74 billion. As of December 31, 2003, the fair value and carrying amount of loans held for sale were $20.84 billion, and as of December 31, 2002, the fair value was $39.68 billion with a carrying amount of $39.62 billion.

        Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps primarily represents income from our interest-rate swaps that are designated as MSR risk management instruments. At December 31, 2004, the total notional amount of such swaps was $14.91 billion, compared with $30.69 billion at December 31, 2003 and $20.82 billion at December 31, 2002. As the Company has changed the mix of instruments used for hedging activities, the balance of interest-rate swaps has declined.

        Loan related income decreased during 2004 primarily due to decreased fees charged to our correspondent lenders resulting from decreased loan volume. Loan related income increased during 2003 primarily due to increased fees charged to our correspondent lenders and higher levels of late charges on the loans serviced for others portfolio.

    All Other Noninterest Income Analysis

        The increase in depositor and other retail banking fees in 2004 and 2003 was mostly due to higher levels of checking fees that resulted from an increase in the number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts and an increase in debit card interchange and ATM related income. The number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts at December 31, 2004 totaled approximately 7.1 million, compared with approximately 6.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 5.8 million at December 31, 2002.

30



        Insurance income increased during 2004 and 2003 predominantly due to the continued growth in our captive reinsurance programs, which are arrangements whereby a third party or primary insurer cedes a percentage of its premiums to the Company and in return the Company agrees to participate in losses, if they were to materialize.

        The growth in portfolio loan related income in 2003 was mostly due to increased late charges on the loan portfolio and high levels of loan prepayment fees as a result of refinancing activity.

        Several securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") with embedded pay-fixed swaps were terminated during the third quarter of 2004, resulting in a net loss on extinguishment of borrowings of $147 million. During the first half of 2004, the Company terminated certain pay-fixed swaps hedging variable rate FHLB advances, resulting in a loss of $90 million. During 2003, the Company restructured certain repurchase agreements containing embedded pay-fixed swaps resulting in a loss of $129 million. Each of these transactions had the immediate effect of reducing the Company's wholesale borrowing costs.

        Other income decreased in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily due to a $100 million fee received from Freddie Mac for swapping certain multi-family loans for 100% of the beneficial interest in those loans in the form of mortgage-backed securities in 2003. In addition, the Company completed the sale of the Ahmanson Ranch property to the Mountains Recreation and Conservation Authority of California for $150 million in the fourth quarter of 2003 which resulted in a gain of $77 million. During 2004 the Company also sold certain commercial loans which resulted in gains of $69 million.

    Noninterest Expense

        Noninterest expense from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Compensation and benefits   $ 3,428   $ 3,304   $ 2,813   4 % 17 %
Occupancy and equipment     1,659     1,592     1,136   4   40  
Telecommunications and outsourced information services     479     554     507   (14 ) 9  
Depositor and other retail banking losses     195     154     179   27   (14 )
Advertising and promotion     276     278     234   (1 ) 19  
Professional fees     158     267     201   (41 ) 33  
Postage     232     220     192   6   15  
Loan expense     199     253     211   (21 ) 20  
Other expense     909     786     715   16   10  
   
 
 
         
  Total noninterest expense   $ 7,535   $ 7,408   $ 6,188   2   20  
   
 
 
         

        The increase in employee compensation and benefits in 2004 over 2003 was primarily due to lower levels of compensation expense that were deferred as direct loan origination costs. The Company also incurred $105 million in charges for severance and benefits expense related to staffing reductions that occurred as part of the Company's cost containment initiative. A decline in compensation and benefits expense that resulted from those staffing reductions substantially offset the overall increase in employee compensation and benefits expense. The increase in 2003 over 2002 was substantially due to higher personnel costs to accommodate the high refinancing activity in the earlier part of 2003 and the opening of new retail banking stores. The number of employees was 52,579 at December 31, 2004 compared with 61,374 at December 31, 2003 and 52,870 at December 31, 2002.

        The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2004 resulted primarily from increased equipment depreciation expense and higher building rent expense. Equipment depreciation expense increased by $58 million and building rent expense increased by $41 million as a result of the Company's

31



continued expansion of its retail distribution network, but was partially offset by a decline in technology equipment maintenance expense as a result of the consolidation of systems. The increase in 2003 occurred primarily due to the completion of technology projects. In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company wrote off approximately $150 million of capitalized costs as a result of its decision to discontinue the development of a loan origination system and to migrate and consolidate its loan origination fulfillment activities onto a smaller complex of preexisting systems.

        Telecommunications and outsourced information services expense decreased in 2004 predominantly due to negotiated reductions in vendor charges, reduced call center volume, and lower costs due to the consolidation of information system platforms related to the Company's cost containment efforts.

        The increase in depositor and other retail banking losses in 2004 was largely due to higher levels of overdraft charge-offs, losses from returned deposited checks and a general increase in debit card and check fraud.

        Professional fees decreased in 2004 over 2003, largely due to a reduction in the use of project consultants. Professional fees increased in 2003 over 2002, primarily as a result of increased consultant usage for technology and corporate services-related projects.

        The decrease in loan expense in 2004 was primarily due to an overall reduction in home loan origination volume for the year. The increase in loan expense in 2003 over 2002 was primarily due to higher loan closing costs and mortgage payoff expenses, which were attributable to an overall increase in loan originations, purchases and refinancing activity.

        The increase in other expense in 2004 was primarily due to lower levels of deferrable consumer and mortgage loan costs, an increase in the accrual for estimated losses related to certain outstanding litigation claims and settlements, higher proprietary mutual funds expense, reinsurance expense and outside services expense. A majority of the increase in other expense during 2003 was due to higher foreclosed assets expense, outside services and charitable contributions.

Review of Financial Condition

    Securities

        Securities included the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $19,047 and $36,858:            
  Mortgage-backed securities   $ 14,923   $ 10,695
  Investment securities     4,296     26,012
   
 
    Total available-for-sale securities   $ 19,219   $ 36,707
   
 

        Our investment securities decreased $21.72 billion during 2004 predominantly due to the sale of U.S. Government and agency bonds. The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used, in part, to allow for the growth in the loan portfolio. Refer to Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Securities" for additional information on securities, classified by security type.

32


    Loans

        Total loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions)

Loans held for sale   $ 42,743   $ 20,837   $ 39,623   $ 27,574   $ 3,404
Loans held in portfolio:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home     109,991     100,043     82,842     79,624     80,181
    Purchased subprime     19,143     12,973     10,128     8,209     5,541
   
 
 
 
 
      Total home loans     129,134     113,016     92,970     87,833     85,722
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     43,650     27,647     16,168     7,970     5,772
    Home construction (1)     2,344     2,220     1,949     2,602     1,431
    Multi-family (2)     22,282     20,324     18,000     15,608     15,657
    Other real estate (3)     5,664     6,649     7,986     6,089     3,920
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     203,074     169,856     137,073     120,102     112,502
  Consumer     792     1,028     1,663     2,009     1,669
  Commercial business     3,205     4,266     4,292     4,285     1,727
   
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio   $ 207,071   $ 175,150   $ 143,028   $ 126,396   $ 115,898
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(2)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $333 million in 2004, $325 million in 2003, $491 million in 2002, $385 million in 2001 and $90 million in 2000.
(3)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $277 million in 2004, $382 million in 2003, $469 million in 2002, $608 million in 2001 and $177 million in 2000.

        With the increase in short-term adjustable-rate loan volume from $32.27 billion in 2003 to $70.16 billion in 2004, a higher proportion of the 2004 volume was held for sale, resulting in a rise in the balance of loans held for sale at year-end 2004 as compared with 2003. During most of 2003, loans held for sale remained at elevated levels due to the high volume of fixed-rate mortgage refinancing activity, which the Company generally sold to secondary mortgage market participants. As refinancing activity subsided in the latter part of the year, loans held for sale declined sharply, ultimately resulting in a decline in the year-end balance, as compared with the balance at December 31, 2002.

        Our loans held in portfolio increased $31.92 billion at year-end 2004, as compared with 2003 predominantly due to an increase in home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Substantially all of the growth in the home loan and home equity loan and line of credit portfolios resulted from the origination of short-term adjustable-rate products. Our short-term adjustable-rate home loans (excluding purchased subprime loans) increased from $54.44 billion at December 31, 2003 to $70.56 billion at December 31, 2004. These loans were predominantly comprised of Option ARM loans.

33



        Home, multi-family and other commercial real estate construction loans and commercial business loans by maturity date were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
  Due
Within
One Year

  After One
But Within
Five Years

  After
Five Years

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Home construction:                        
  Adjustable rate   $ 1,152   $ 209   $ 1   $ 1,362
  Fixed rate     226     3     753     982
Multi-family construction:                        
  Adjustable rate     158     112     1     271
  Fixed rate     15     27     20     62
Other commercial real estate construction:                        
  Adjustable rate     94     127     32     253
  Fixed rate     18     5     1     24
Commercial business:                        
  Adjustable rate     1,850     801     180     2,831
  Fixed rate     35     258     81     374
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 3,548   $ 1,542   $ 1,069   $ 6,159
   
 
 
 

    Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Retail deposits:            
  Checking deposits:            
    Noninterest bearing   $ 17,463   $ 13,724
    Interest bearing     51,099     67,990
   
 
      Total checking deposits     68,562     81,714
  Savings and money market deposits     36,836     22,131
  Time deposits     27,268     24,605
   
 
      Total retail deposits     132,666     128,450
Commercial business deposits     7,611     6,433
Wholesale deposits     18,448     2,579
Custodial and escrow deposits (1)     14,933     15,719
   
 
      Total deposits   $ 173,658   $ 153,181
   
 

(1)
Substantially all custodial and escrow deposits reside in noninterest-bearing checking accounts.

        The increase in noninterest-bearing retail checking deposits was driven by an increase in the number of individual and small business checking accounts. Interest-bearing checking deposits decreased as customers shifted from the Platinum Checking to the Platinum Savings product, resulting in a corresponding increase in savings deposits. The increase in time deposits reflects renewed customer interest as a result of higher interest rates offered for these products. The $15.87 billion increase in wholesale deposits from year-end 2003 was due to an increase in our institutional investor base that resulted primarily from an upgrade in our credit rating from a major rating agency in the early part of 2004, making our wholesale deposit products more attractive.

34



        Transaction accounts (checking, savings and money market deposits) comprised 79% of retail deposits at December 31, 2004, compared with 81% at year-end 2003. These products generally have the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with time deposits. These products represent the core customer relationship that we maintain within our retail banking franchise. Deposits funded 56% of total assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Operating Segments

        The Company has three operating segments: the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group, the Mortgage Banking Group and the Commercial Group. Both the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group and the Mortgage Banking Group are consumer-oriented while the Commercial Group serves commercial customers. In addition, the category of Corporate Support/Treasury and Other includes the Treasury function, which manages the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings, and a majority of the Company's investment securities. The Corporate Support function provides facilities, legal, accounting and finance, human resources and technology services.

        We serve the needs of our 11.7 million consumer households through multiple distribution channels including 1,939 retail banking stores, 478 lending stores and centers, 3,350 ATMs, correspondent lenders, telephone call centers and online banking.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services Group's principal activities include:

    Originating, managing and servicing home equity loans and lines of credit;

    Offering a comprehensive line of deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers and small businesses;

    Providing investment advisory and brokerage services, sales of annuities, mutual fund management and other financial services; and

    Holding the Company's portfolio of home loans held for investment.

        Deposit products offered by the segment in all its stores include the Company's signature free checking and interest-bearing Platinum checking accounts, as well as other personal checking, savings, money market deposit and time deposit accounts.

        Financial consultants provide investment advisory and securities brokerage services to the public while licensed bank employees offer fixed annuities. The Company's mutual fund management business offers investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services Group holds loans in portfolio that are originated by the Mortgage Banking Group. Through the Company's specialty mortgage finance operations, the segment also purchases and re-underwrites loans to subprime borrowers. Loans held in portfolio generate interest income and loan-related noninterest income, such as late fees and prepayment fees.

        The Mortgage Banking Group's principal activities include:

    Originating and servicing home loans;

    Buying and selling home loans in the secondary market; and

    Selling insurance-related products and participating in reinsurance activities with other insurance companies.

        Home loans are either originated in the retail and wholesale channels or are purchased from other lenders through the correspondent channel. The profitability of each channel varies over time and our emphasis on each channel varies accordingly. The segment offers a wide variety of home loans, including:

    Fixed-rate home loans;

35


    Adjustable-rate home loans or "ARMs" (where the interest rate may be adjusted as frequently as every month);

    Hybrid home loans (where the interest rate is fixed for a predetermined time period, typically 3 to 5 years, and then converts to an ARM that reprices monthly or annually, depending on the product);

    Option ARMs (a variation on the ARM in which the borrower may select one of four monthly payment options); and

    Government insured or guaranteed home loans.

        From an enterprise-wide perspective, loans are either retained or sold. Loans which are sold generate gain or loss on sale as well as interest income from the time they are funded until the time they are sold, while loans held in portfolio generate interest income and ancillary noninterest income. Fixed-rate home loans, which subject us to more interest rate risk than other types of home loans, are generally sold as part of our overall asset/liability risk management process. The decision to retain or sell other home loan products requires balancing the combination of additional interest income and the interest rate and credit risks inherent with holding loans in portfolio, with the size of the gain or loss that would be realized if the loans were sold. Such decisions are elements of the Company's capital management process.

        For management reporting purposes, all originated home loans are treated as if they are sold. Home loans are either sold to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group or are sold to secondary market participants, including the housing government-sponsored enterprises – such as the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and the regional branches of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The premium received on inter-segment sales to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group is based on prices available in the secondary market, adjusted for any hedging costs.

        In addition to selling loans to secondary market participants, the Company generates both interest income and noninterest income by acquiring home loans from a variety of sources, pooling and securitizing those loans, selling the resulting mortgage-backed securities to secondary market participants and providing ongoing servicing and bond administration for all securities issued.

        Mortgage servicing involves the administration and collection of home loan payments. In servicing home loans we collect and remit loan payments, respond to borrower inquiries, apply the collected principal and interest to the individual loans, collect, hold and disburse escrow funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counsel delinquent customers, supervise foreclosures and property dispositions and generally administer the loans. In return for performing these functions, we receive servicing fees and other remuneration. The Mortgage Banking Group performs home loan servicing activities for substantially all of the Company's managed portfolio – whether the home loans are held in portfolio or have been sold to secondary market participants.

        The Mortgage Banking Group makes insurance products available to its customers that complement the mortgage process, including private mortgage insurance, mortgage life insurance, flood, homeowners', earthquake and other property and casualty insurance. Other types of insurance products made available include accidental death and dismemberment and term and whole life insurance. This segment also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities.

        The Commercial Group's principal activities include:

    Providing financing to developers and investors for the acquisition or construction of multi-family dwellings and, to a lesser extent, other commercial properties;

    Originating and servicing multi-family and other commercial real estate loans and either holding such loans in portfolio as part of its commercial asset management business or selling them in the secondary market;

    Providing financing to mortgage bankers for the origination of residential loan products; and

36


    Originating, selling and servicing home loans to subprime borrowers through the Company's subsidiary, Long Beach Mortgage Company.

        The multi-family lending business, which accounts for a majority of the Group's revenues, is comprised of three key activities: originating and managing loans retained in the loan portfolio, servicing all originated loans, whether they are retained or sold, and providing ancillary banking services to enhance customer retention. Combining these three activities into one integrated business model has allowed the Commercial Group to become a leading originator and holder of multi-family loans. The Group's multi-family lending program has a market share of more than 20% in certain key cities along the west coast and is building market share on the east coast with offices located in Boston, Washington, D.C., New York, and Miami.

        As part of the Company's specialty mortgage finance operations, the Group also originates home loans to subprime borrowers through the broker network maintained by Long Beach Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company sells such loans to secondary market participants, but generally retains the servicing relationship.

        The Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category includes enterprise-wide management of interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings, and a majority of the Company's investment securities. As part of the Company's asset and liability management process, the Treasury function provides oversight and direction across the enterprise over matters that impact the profile of the Company's balance sheet, such as product composition of loans that we hold in the portfolio, the appropriate mix of wholesale and capital markets borrowings at any given point in time, and the allocation of capital resources to the business segments. This category also includes the costs of the Company's technology services, facilities, legal, human resources, and accounting and finance functions to the extent not allocated to the business segments. Also reported in this category is the net impact of funds transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances and charges incurred from the Company's cost containment initiative.

    Management Accounting Methodologies

        The Company uses various management accounting methodologies, which are enhanced from time to time, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include:

    A funds transfer pricing system, which allocates interest income funding credits and funding charges between the operating segments and the Treasury Division. A segment will receive a funding credit from the Treasury Division for its liabilities and its share of risk-adjusted economic capital. Conversely, a segment is assigned a charge by the Treasury Division to fund its assets. The system is based on the interest rate sensitivities of assets and liabilities and is designed to extract net interest income volatility from the business units and concentrate it in the Treasury Division, where it is managed. Certain basis and other residual risk remains in the operating segments;

    A calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio for loan products within each segment, which is recalibrated periodically to the latest available loan loss experience data. This process differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses for consolidated reporting purposes. This methodology is used to provide segment management with provision information for strategic decision making;

    The utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments;

    The allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition;

37


    Capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment; and

    Inter-segment activities which include the transfer of originated mortgage loans that are to be held in portfolio from the Mortgage Banking Group to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group and a broker fee arrangement between Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking and Financial Services. When originated mortgage loans are transferred, the Mortgage Banking Group records a gain on the sale of the loans based on an assumed profit factor. This profit factor is included in the value of the transferred loans and is amortized as an adjustment to the net interest income recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group. Inter-segment broker fees are recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group when home mortgage loan originations are initiated through retail banking stores, while the Mortgage Banking Group records a broker fee when the origination of home equity loans and lines of credit are initiated through home loan stores. The results of all inter-segment activities are eliminated as reconciling adjustments that are necessary to conform the presentation of management accounting policies to the accounting principles used in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:

    Retail Banking and Financial Services Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 4,989   $ 3,872   $ 3,602   29 % 8 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     177     183     223   (3 ) (18 )
  Noninterest income     2,758     2,500     2,226   10   12  
  Inter-segment revenue     24     179     96   (87 ) 85  
  Noninterest expense     4,434     3,939     3,550   13   11  
   
 
 
         
  Income before income taxes     3,160     2,429     2,151   30   13  
  Income taxes     1,180     931     825   27   13  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 1,980   $ 1,498   $ 1,326   32   13  
   
 
 
         
Performance and other data:                            
  Efficiency ratio (1)     50.39 %   52.24 %   51.36 % (4 ) 2  
  Average loans   $ 163,329   $ 120,705   $ 113,003   35   7  
  Average assets     175,696     132,427     124,575   33   6  
  Average deposits     130,337     125,440     112,034   4   12  
  Employees at end of period     30,107     29,364     26,880   3   9  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        The increase in net interest income during 2004 was mostly due to higher average balances of home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Average home loans increased $23.21 billion, or 27% in 2004, resulting from portfolio growth in short-term adjustable-rate mortgages. Average home equity loans and lines of credit increased $14.70 billion, or 70% in 2004. The overall increase in 2003 was driven mostly by lower funding costs resulting from the lower interest rate environment, compared with 2002, partially offset by lower interest income from loans that resulted from the downward pricing of the loan portfolio.

        The increases in noninterest income during 2004 and 2003 were primarily driven by depositor and other retail banking fees that resulted from growth in the number of retail checking accounts, an increase in product fee pricing and higher debit card interchange fees. Noninterest-bearing retail checking accounts increased by approximately 600,000 in 2004 and 687,000 in 2003.

38



        Inter-segment revenue declined in 2004 due to lower broker fees received from the Mortgage Banking Group for the origination of mortgage loans, which resulted from the overall decline in refinancing activity during 2004.

        Noninterest expense increases during 2004 and 2003 were primarily due to higher employee compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense and technology expenses, all of which resulted from expansion of the Group's distribution network, which included the opening of 250 new retail banking stores in 2004 and 260 new retail banking stores in 2003.

        The increases in average deposits during 2004 and 2003 were largely driven by the growth in interest-bearing Platinum accounts, partially offset by decreases in money market and time deposit accounts.

    Mortgage Banking Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 1,237   $ 2,382   $ 1,747   (48 )% 36 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses         14       (100 )  
  Noninterest income     2,304     2,986     2,370   (23 ) 26  
  Inter-segment expense     24     179     96   (87 ) 85  
  Noninterest expense     2,607     3,076     2,282   (15 ) 35  
   
 
 
         
  Income before income taxes     910     2,099     1,739   (57 ) 21  
  Income taxes     340     801     652   (58 ) 23  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 570   $ 1,298   $ 1,087   (56 ) 19  
   
 
 
         
Performance and other data:                            
  Efficiency ratio (1)     68.19 %   55.28 %   51.89 % 23   7  
  Average loans   $ 23,591   $ 42,990   $ 29,792   (45 ) 44  
  Average assets     41,938     70,308     49,674   (40 ) 42  
  Average deposits     16,299     27,112     13,583   (40 ) 100  
  Employees at end of period     14,197     22,541     17,845   (37 ) 26  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

        The decrease in net interest income in 2004 was largely driven by a decline in the average balances of loans held for sale and a decline in noninterest-bearing custodial and escrow deposits. This occurred due to a reduction in fixed-rate loan refinancing activity, compared with 2003 when interest rates were at record low levels. Total loan volume in 2004 was $181.03 billion, compared with $363.50 billion in 2003. This decrease was partially offset by lower funding costs.

        The decrease in noninterest income in 2004 was mostly due to lower mortgage banking income resulting from lower gain on sale of mortgage loans. The increase in 2003 was largely due to a recovery of MSR impairment resulting from an increase in mortgage rates during the second half of the year.

        The decline of inter-segment expense in 2004 resulted from lower broker fees paid to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group for their origination of mortgage loans. Those originations declined in 2004 as a result of the overall decline in refinancing activity, compared with 2003.

        The decrease in noninterest expense in 2004 was primarily due to lower occupancy and equipment, technology and compensation expenses resulting from the Company's cost containment initiative and includes the consolidation of various locations and functions, the conversion to a single loan servicing platform and headcount reductions, which decreased to 14,197 at December 31, 2004 from 22,541 at December 31, 2003. This initiative also resulted in the sale or closure of approximately 100 retail mortgage

39



lending offices in non-strategic markets. These 100 offices accounted for approximately 10% of the retail mortgage network's noninterest expense, approximately 7% of its revenue, approximately 24% of its offices, by number, and approximately 5% of retail home loan volume. The increase in 2003 was mostly driven by increases in compensation and benefits and occupancy expense to support the increased refinancing activity and a write-down of capitalized technology costs.

    Commercial Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 1,332   $ 1,321   $ 1,179   1 % 12 %
  Provision for loan and lease losses     45     103     177   (57 ) (42 )
  Noninterest income     314     472     504   (33 ) (6 )
  Noninterest expense     639     602     527   6   14  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     962     1,088     979   (12 ) 11  
  Income taxes     329     392     348   (16 ) 13  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations     633     696     631   (9 ) 10  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes         87     72   (100 ) 20  
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 633   $ 783   $ 703   (19 ) 11  
   
 
 
         
Performance and other data:                            
  Efficiency ratio (1)     31.67 %   26.95 %   24.63 % 18   9  
  Average loans   $ 38,804   $ 35,490   $ 32,691   9   9  
  Average assets     43,990     44,037     39,684     11  
  Average deposits     7,141     5,407     4,014   32   35  
  Employees at end of period (2)     3,100     5,627     5,137   (45 ) 10  

(1)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(2)
Includes 2,346 and 2,330 employees reported as part of discontinued operations at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        Net interest income was flat in 2004, compared with 2003, as average loan balances increased by approximately $3.31 billion, or 9% resulting from a shift in product mix towards short-term adjustable-rate and hybrid loans, partially offset by a decrease in investment securities interest income due to sales in 2003. The increase in 2003 was mostly due to higher average balances of home loans held for sale and multi-family loans and from lower funding costs.

        The decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses in 2004 was driven by stronger credit performance. During the fourth quarter of 2003 the Company achieved a significant improvement in the risk profile of its loan portfolio by entering into sales transactions to dispose of its franchise finance loan portfolio. These sales led to lower actual charge-offs during 2004 and declining expected charge-off rates for the remaining portfolio of commercial and multi-family loans.

        The difference in noninterest income in 2004, compared with 2003, was substantially due to transactions occurring in the second half of 2003 that resulted in a gain of $68 million recognized from the sale of mortgage-backed securities and a fee of $100 million received as consideration for swapping approximately $6 billion of multi-family loans with Freddie Mac. The decrease in 2003 noninterest income, as compared with 2002, was predominantly due to lower gain from mortgage loans, partially offset by the previously mentioned transactions.

        Noninterest expense increased in 2004 largely due to higher employee compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense and other expenses due to growth in Long Beach Mortgage

40



Company. The number of employees in this entity increased by approximately 600 during 2004. The increase in 2003 was primarily due to higher employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment and technology expenses to accommodate the increase in multi-family refinancing activity during the year and expansion of the Group's multi-family lending network.

    Corporate Support/Treasury and Other

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2004/2003
  2003/2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income (expense)   $ (874 ) $ (302 ) $ 1,307   189 % %
  Provision for loan and lease losses         4       (100 )  
  Noninterest income (expense)     (156 )   644     (60 )    
  Noninterest expense     699     634     645   10   (2 )
   
 
 
         
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (1,729 )   (296 )   602   484    
  Income taxes (benefit)     (652 )   (110 )   222   495    
   
 
 
         
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     (1,077 )   (186 )   380   478    
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     399              
   
 
 
         
    Net income (loss)   $ (678 ) $ (186 ) $ 380   264    
   
 
 
         
Performance and other data:                            
  Average assets   $ 24,230   $ 38,168   $ 59,249   (37 ) (36 )
  Average deposits     11,631     5,626     4,885   107   15  
  Employees at end of period     5,175     6,188     5,338   (16 ) 16  

        The increases in net interest expense during 2004 and 2003 were primarily driven by declining average balances of investment securities. The average balances of investment securities declined by $11.98 billion, or 40% in 2004 and declined $20.45 billion, or 40% in 2003, as compared with 2002, reflecting the sale of higher yielding securities during those periods. The impact of changes in funds transfer pricing rates on Treasury's operations in 2004, compared with 2003 also contributed to the increase in net interest expense, as lower transfer pricing rates were charged to the segments for the funding of loans. The lower rates were the result of the shift in the balance sheet towards assets with shorter repricing frequencies during 2004. The increase in net interest expense during 2004 was partially offset by a 12% decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, reflecting the lower interest rate environment that existed during the first half of 2004.

        The difference in noninterest income in 2004, compared with 2003, was mostly due to gains realized during 2003 from the sale of available-for-sale securities and losses of $237 million from the early termination of certain wholesale borrowings with embedded pay-fixed interest rate swaps during 2004.

        The increase in noninterest expense in 2004 was mostly due to an increase in technology-related and restructuring charges resulting from the Company's cost containment initiative, which began in the fourth quarter of 2003. All such charges incurred from this initiative, which amounted to $274 million in 2004, are charged to this unit. The ensuing decline in headcount in 2004, which resulted from the cost containment initiative, partially offset the increase. The headcount reductions occurred primarily within the Company's technology support operations.

        The increase in average deposits in 2004 was substantially due to growth in wholesale deposits held by institutional investors.

41


Risk Management

        The Company is exposed to four major categories of risk: credit, liquidity, market and operational.

        The Company's Chief Enterprise Risk Officer is responsible for enterprise-wide risk assessment. The Company's Enterprise Risk Management function oversees the identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of credit, market and operational risks. The Company's Treasury function is responsible for the measurement, management and control of liquidity risk. The Internal Audit function, part of Enterprise Risk Management, provides independent assessment of the Company's compliance with risk management controls, policies and procedures.

        The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors oversees both the Internal Audit and Enterprise Risk Management functions and provides governance and oversight of operational risk. The Corporate Relations Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the Company's reputation and those elements of operational risk that impact the Company's reputation. Governance and oversight of credit, liquidity and market risks are provided by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. Risk oversight is also provided by management committees whose membership includes representation from the Company's lines of business and the Enterprise Risk Management function. These committees include the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the Credit Policy Committee, the Market Risk Committee and the Asset and Liability Committee.

        Enterprise Risk Management works with the lines of business to establish appropriate policies, standards and limits designed to maintain risk exposures within the Company's risk tolerance. Significant risk management policies approved by the relevant management committees are also reviewed and approved by the Audit and Finance Committees. Enterprise Risk Management also provides objective oversight of risk-taking activities and oversees compliance with laws and regulations.

        Business lines are responsible for determining and executing business strategies that may give rise to one or more types of risk; their return on economic and other forms of capital is measured and compared to targets with the overall objective of ensuring that the risk/reward balance is acceptable. Business lines, Enterprise Risk Management and Treasury divide the responsibilities of conducting measurement and monitoring of the Company's risk exposures. Risk exceptions, depending on their type and significance, are elevated to management or Board committees responsible for oversight.

Credit Risk Management

        Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in a borrower's ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed upon terms and exists primarily in our lending and derivative portfolios. The degree of credit risk will vary based on many factors, including the size of the asset or transaction, the credit characteristics of the borrower, the contractual terms of the agreement and the availability and quality of collateral.

        The Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, by means of a broad set of policies and principles contained in the Company's Credit Policy, approves the framework for the Company's credit risk management activities. The Credit Policy Committee, chaired by the Chief Credit Officer and comprised of senior management, develops standards and procedures and is responsible for oversight of the credit risk management function.

        The Credit Policy Committee's primary responsibilities include ensuring the adequacy of the Company's credit risk management infrastructure, overseeing credit risk management strategies and methodologies, monitoring conditions in real estate and other markets having an impact on lending activities, and evaluating and monitoring overall credit risk. The Chief Credit Officer's primary responsibilities include overseeing the work of the Credit Policy Committee, monitoring the quality of the Company's credit portfolio, determining the reasonableness of the Company's allowance for loan and lease losses, reviewing and approving large credit exposures, setting underwriting criteria for credit-related products and programs, and for delegating credit approval authority.

42



        Credit risk management is based on analyzing the creditworthiness of the borrower, the adequacy of underlying collateral given current events and conditions and the existence and strength of any guarantor support. Trends in these factors are dynamic and are reflected in the tables and commentary that follow.

    Nonaccrual Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Restructured Loans

        Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days past due. Additionally, loans in non-homogeneous portfolios are placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due when payment in full of principal or interest is not expected. Management's classification of a loan as nonaccrual or restructured does not necessarily indicate that the principal or interest of the loan is uncollectible in whole or in part. Nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets ("nonperforming assets") and restructured loans from continuing operations consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Nonperforming assets and restructured loans (1) (2) :                                
  Nonaccrual loans:                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                
      Home   $ 542   $ 736   $ 1,068   $ 1,010   $ 509  
      Purchased subprime     674     597     438     292     127  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total home nonaccrual loans     1,216     1,333     1,506     1,302     636  
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     66     47     36     34     27  
      Home construction (3)     28     35     49     36     18  
      Multi-family     12     19     50     56     10  
      Other real estate     162     153     413     376     35  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate     1,484     1,587     2,054     1,804     726  
    Consumer     9     8     22     16     14  
    Commercial business     41     31     79     100     12  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans held in portfolio     1,534     1,626     2,155     1,920     752  
  Foreclosed assets     261     311     328     216     144  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonperforming assets   $ 1,795   $ 1,937   $ 2,483   $ 2,136   $ 896  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        As a percentage of total assets     0.58 %   0.70 %   0.93 %   0.88 %   0.46 %
  Restructured loans   $ 34   $ 111   $ 98   $ 118   $ 120  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonperforming assets and restructured loans   $ 1,829   $ 2,048   $ 2,581   $ 2,254   $ 1,016  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
If interest on nonaccrual loans under the original terms had been recognized, such income is estimated to have been $64 million in 2004, $86 million in 2003 and $118 million in 2002.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans held for sale, which are excluded from the nonaccrual balances presented above, were $76 million, $66 million, $119 million, $123 million and $32 million at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

43


        Loans held in portfolio (excluding the allowance for loan and lease losses) and nonaccrual loans by geographic concentration at December 31, 2004 were as follows:

 
  California
  Washington/Oregon
  New York/New Jersey
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home   $ 52,010   $ 120   $ 5,683   $ 49   $ 11,844   $ 65  
  Purchased subprime     4,811     56     529     19     2,089     87  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     56,821     176     6,212     68     13,933     152  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     23,686     20     5,926     14     2,627     4  
  Home construction (1)     1,018     4     399     3     127      
  Multi-family     16,425     5     1,346     4     2,488     1  
  Other real estate     1,633     10     1,296     16     1,076     5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     99,583     215     15,179     105     20,251     162  
Consumer     285     2     304     4     42      
Commercial business     1,607     10     301     12     393     3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio   $ 101,475   $ 227   $ 15,784   $ 121   $ 20,686   $ 165  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     49 %   15 %   8 %   8 %   10 %   11 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

 
  Florida
  Texas
  Illinois
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home   $ 8,951   $ 47   $ 1,474   $ 16   $ 4,517   $ 35  
  Purchased subprime     1,753     43     949     63     1,068     56  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     10,704     90     2,423     79     5,585     91  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     2,363     3     3,401     10     623      
  Home construction (1)     165     3     206     11     30      
  Multi-family     192         233     1     360      
  Other real estate (2)     95     2     482     63     22     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     13,519     98     6,745     164     6,620     92  
Consumer     32         27         1      
Commercial business     128     1     204     8     29      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio   $ 13,679   $ 99   $ 6,976   $ 172   $ 6,650   $ 92  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     7 %   6 %   3 %   11 %   3 %   6 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(2)
Includes $40 million of nonaccrual loans in Texas that were acquired from Bank United in 2001, of which $35 million is owed by a single borrower in the health care industry.

44


 
  Other (2)
  Total
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home   $ 25,512   $ 210   $ 109,991   $ 542  
  Purchased subprime     7,944     350     19,143     674  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans     33,456     560     129,134     1,216  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     5,024     15     43,650     66  
  Home construction (1)     399     7     2,344     28  
  Multi-family     1,238     1     22,282     12  
  Other real estate     1,060     65     5,664     162  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     41,177     648     203,074     1,484  
Consumer     101     3     792     9  
Commercial business     543     7     3,205     41  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans held in portfolio   $ 41,821   $ 658   $ 207,071   $ 1,534  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     20 %   43 %   100 %   100 %

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(2)
Of this category, Minnesota had the largest portfolio balance of approximately $1.77 billion and the largest nonaccrual amount of $68 million.

    Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of our borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect the borrowers' ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans and general economic conditions. Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses in future periods.

        The allowance provides for incurred losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Generally, borrowers are impacted by events that result in loan default and eventual loss well in advance of a lender's knowledge of those events. Examples of such loss-causing events for home loans are borrower job loss, divorce and medical crisis. An example for commercial real estate loans would be the loss of a major tenant.

        In determining the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Company allocates a portion of the allowance to its various loan product categories based on an analysis of individual loans and pools of loans. However, the entire allowance (both the allocated component and the portion that remains unallocated) is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

        The allocated allowance for homogeneous loans (such as home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and purchased subprime loans) is determined using statistical forecasting models that estimate default and loss outcomes based on an evaluation of past performance of loans in the Company's portfolio and other factors as well as industry historical loan loss data. Management periodically reviews these models for reasonableness and updates the assumptions used in these models.

        Non-homogeneous loans (such as multi-family and non-residential real estate loans) are individually reviewed and assigned a risk grade. The loans are then categorized by their risk grade into pools, with each

45



pool having a pre-assigned loss factor commensurate with the applicable level of estimated risk. Loss factors are then multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of loans in each pool to determine the allocated allowance applicable to that pool.

        We also evaluate certain loans on an individual basis for impairment (as defined by Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ) and record an allowance for impaired loans as appropriate. Such loans are excluded from other loan loss analyses so as to avoid double counting the loss exposure.

        To mitigate the imprecision inherent in estimates of credit losses, the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated component. The unallocated component reflects management's assessment of various risk factors that are not adequately reflected in the models used to determine the allocated component of the allowance. These factors include general economic and business conditions affecting its key lending products and markets, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical performance does not reflect the risk profile of the portfolio.

46



        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,250   $ 1,503   $ 1,278   $ 909   $ 942  
Allowance acquired through business combinations             148     120      
Other     (23 )   14     (79 )       (36 )
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)     209     42     404     426     77  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      1,436     1,559     1,751     1,455     983  
Loans charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home     (39 )   (65 )   (52 )   (29 )   (19 )
    Purchased subprime     (39 )   (39 )   (33 )   (25 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loan charge-offs     (78 )   (104 )   (85 )   (54 )   (23 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     (22 )   (14 )   (14 )   (4 )   (3 )
    Home construction (2)     (1 )   (2 )   (1 )       (1 )
    Multi-family     (2 )   (5 )   (1 )       (2 )
    Other real estate     (11 )   (97 )   (60 )   (35 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (114 )   (222 )   (161 )   (93 )   (33 )
  Consumer     (53 )   (69 )   (70 )   (51 )   (41 )
  Commercial business     (21 )   (79 )   (73 )   (49 )   (9 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (188 )   (370 )   (304 )   (193 )   (83 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home         10     2     2     1  
    Purchased subprime     3     3             1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total home loan recoveries     3     13     2     2     2  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     4     1     1     1      
    Multi-family     3     1     1         1  
    Other real estate     10     17     12     3     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     20     32     16     6     4  
  Consumer     19     15     13     4     4  
  Commercial business     14     14     27     6     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     53     61     56     16     9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (135 )   (309 )   (248 )   (177 )   (74 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,301   $ 1,250   $ 1,503   $ 1,278   $ 909  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held in portfolio     0.07 %   0.20 %   0.17 %   0.14 %   0.07 %
Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio     0.63 %   0.71 %   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.78 %

(1)
Includes a $202 million reversal of provision for loan and lease losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        The risk profile of the Company's loan portfolio changed significantly during 2001 and 2002. In a five quarter span from January 2001 to March 31, 2002, the Company consummated four purchase business combinations: Bank United Corp. (Bank United), the mortgage operations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., Fleet Mortgage Corp. and Dime Bancorp, Inc. (Dime). As a result of these acquisitions, the Company's loan portfolio contained substantially higher levels of credit risk. In particular, Bank United's commercial lending activities were concentrated in underperforming sectors of the economy, such as

47



assisted living facilities, Small Business Administration loans and highly leveraged syndicated lending. This change in the loan portfolio composition was exacerbated by the downturn in the national economy, which continued to worsen following the events of September 11, 2001. From December 31, 2000 to the end of 2001, the Company's nonperforming assets increased from $896 million to $2.14 billion and net charge-offs increased from $74 million in 2000 to $177 million in 2001. To address these negative trends that displayed no signals of imminent change, the Company believed it was prudent to record a loan loss provision in 2001 of $426 million.

        Although the national economy showed some intermittent signs of stabilizing performance in 2002, the overall climate was still one of significant uncertainty, as demonstrated by the continuing high levels of unemployment, distressed levels of consumer confidence and continuing concerns of housing price bubbles in some of the Company's real estate markets. After their substantial growth in 2001, nonperforming asset trends stabilized in 2002 but remained at elevated levels, decreasing slightly to $2.48 billion at December 31, 2002 after reaching a first quarter peak of $2.68 billion. Though the Company continued to provision at levels that exceeded net charge-offs as a result of the continuing economic malaise, the gap between these statistical measures had declined from $74 million in the first quarter of 2002 to $2 million by the fourth quarter of that year. This reflected the Company's cautious belief that, while the economy had not demonstrated signals of a sustained economic recovery, it at least did not appear to be deteriorating any further. This assessment was also evident in the quarterly trend of the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio. After growing steadily from 0.82% in the first quarter of 2001 to 1.08% in the second quarter of 2002, it stabilized during the remainder of that year, ending at 1.05% at December 31, 2002.

        During 2003, nonperforming assets declined from $2.48 billion at the beginning of the year to $1.94 billion at December 31, 2003. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company initiated a program of periodically selling nonperforming assets in order to reduce its exposure to potential credit losses. This program continued throughout 2003 with the sale of $619 million of nonperforming loans and was substantially the reason for the decline in nonperforming assets. As the charge-offs that were sustained from the sales of these loans were, in general, at lower levels than the Company believes it would have incurred had these loans been allowed to season further, the sales had the effect of limiting the potential provisioning that these loans would otherwise have required.

        As economic conditions improved during 2003, the Company's assessment of the economic climate progressed from one of continuing concern in the first quarter of 2003 to one of guarded optimism by the third quarter of that year. However, a discernable, positive trend was not evident until various economic statistics were released in the fourth quarter. Those statistics provided conclusive evidence that key economic indicators that affect the Company's credit risk profile had improved. Those indicators included a stable interest rate environment, a consistent pattern of stable or increasing housing prices, strong levels of residential home construction, lower unemployment levels, increasing capital expenditures, steady to improving corporate profits and stronger levels of exports from a weakening U.S. dollar. These favorable external factors were augmented by the Company's ability to sell its underperforming franchise finance loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2003 at a price that exceeded its carrying value by $82 million. As a result of all of these events, the Company determined that a $202 million reversal of the provision for loan and lease losses in the fourth quarter of 2003 was appropriate.

        During 2004, strong loan portfolio growth, especially in the higher-risk purchased subprime portfolio, resulted in management recording a provision for loan and lease losses that exceeded net charge-offs by $74 million. However, as a reflection of the continuing favorable trend in key domestic economic indicators which facilitated a relatively benign credit environment throughout the year, the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans held in portfolio declined from 0.71% at December 31, 2003 to 0.63% at December 31, 2004. The positive economic outlook was also affirmed by the Federal Reserve's decision to initiate a series of measured increases in the targeted Federal Funds rate during the second half of 2004, thus reducing the degree of stimulus that the Federal Reserve believes is necessary to sustain continuing economic growth.

48


        An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Allocated allowance:                                            
  Loans secured by real estate:                                            
    Home   $ 215   0.20 % 53.12 % $ 321   0.32 % 57.12 % $ 251   0.30 % 57.92 %
    Purchased subprime     242   1.26   9.24     84   0.65   7.41     169   1.67   7.08  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Total home loans     457   0.35   62.36     405   0.36   64.53     420   0.45   65.00  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     83   0.19   21.08     82   0.30   15.78     46   0.29   11.31  
    Home construction (2)     12   0.51   1.13     18   0.81   1.27     22   1.13   1.36  
    Multi-family     101   0.45   10.76     139   0.68   11.60     146   0.81   12.59  
    Other real estate     116   2.05   2.74     110   1.65   3.80     296   3.71   5.58  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     769   0.38   98.07     754   0.44   96.98     930   0.68   95.84  
  Consumer     36   4.55   0.38     49   4.77   0.59     70   4.21   1.16  
  Commercial business     51   1.59   1.55     72   1.69   2.43     116   2.70   3.00  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     856   0.41   100.00     875   0.50   100.00     1,116   0.78   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     445   0.22       375   0.21       387   0.27    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 1,301   0.63 % 100.00 % $ 1,250   0.71 % 100.00 % $ 1,503   1.05 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(Continued on next table.)


(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
and
Lease
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Allocated allowance:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home   $ 290   0.36 % 63.00 % $ 250   0.31 % 69.18 %
    Purchased subprime     97   1.18   6.49     52   0.94   4.78  
   
     
 
     
 
      Total home loans     387   0.44   69.49     302   0.35   73.96  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     27   0.34   6.31     20   0.35   4.98  
    Home construction (2)     32   1.23   2.05     7   0.49   1.24  
    Multi-family     138   0.88   12.35     138   0.88   13.51  
    Other real estate     161   2.64   4.82     100   2.55   3.38  
   
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     745   0.62   95.02     567   0.50   97.07  
  Consumer     71   3.53   1.59     70   4.19   1.44  
  Commercial business     92   2.15   3.39     33   1.91   1.49  
   
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     908   0.72   100.00     670   0.58   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     370   0.29       239   0.20    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total allowance for loan and lease losses   $ 1,278   1.01 % 100.00 % $ 909   0.78 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

49


        Growth in our purchased subprime portfolio since 2000 has resulted in a substantial increase in the allocated allowance attributable to this portfolio and a significant increase in nonaccrual loans. We seek to mitigate the credit risk in this portfolio by re-underwriting all purchased subprime loans.

        Home equity loans and lines of credit increased from $5.77 billion at December 31, 2000 to $43.65 billion at December 31, 2004. With the strong housing market that has existed during the current decade, home equity loans and lines of credit have become an increasingly popular product as they enable homeowners to borrow a portion of their equity for personal expenditures. Although the allocated allowance for this portfolio increased from $20 million at December 31, 2000 to $83 million at the end of 2004, that allowance as a percentage of loans in this portfolio declined from 0.35% to 0.19% during that same period, reflecting generally high credit scores among borrowers, lower risk loan to value ratios and a significant portion of loans that are in a first lien position.

    90 or More Days Past Due

        Loans held in portfolio that were 90 or more days contractually past due and still accruing interest were $85 million, $46 million, $60 million, $86 million and $45 million at December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The majority of these loans are either VA- or FHA-insured with little or no risk of loss of principal or interest.

Liquidity Risk Management

        The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the continuing ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet its other obligations on a timely and cost-effective basis. The Company establishes liquidity guidelines for the parent holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc., as well as for its principal operating subsidiaries. The Company also maintains contingency liquidity plans that outline alternative actions and enable appropriate and timely responses under stress scenarios.

    Washington Mutual, Inc.

        Liquidity for Washington Mutual, Inc. is generated through its ability to raise funds through dividends from subsidiaries and in various capital markets such as unsecured debt and commercial paper.

        One of Washington Mutual, Inc.'s primary funding sources during 2004 was from dividends paid by our banking subsidiaries. Washington Mutual, Inc. received dividends from its subsidiaries during the third quarter of 2004 and expects to continue to receive dividends in the future. Banking subsidiaries dividends may be reduced from time to time to ensure that internal capital targets are met. Various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy and retained earnings also limit the amount of dividends that can be paid by our banking subsidiaries. For more information on dividend restrictions applicable to our banking subsidiaries, refer to "Business – Regulation and Supervision" and Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

        During 2003, Washington Mutual, Inc. filed two shelf registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, registering a total of $7 billion in debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares in the United States and in international capital markets. The Company has issued $3.25 billion of debt securities under the registration statements as follows. In 2003, the Company issued $1.65 billion of fixed- and adjustable-rate senior debt securities. In March 2004, the Company issued $750 million of fixed-rate subordinated debt securities. In December 2004, the Company issued $850 million of fixed- and adjustable-rate senior debt securities. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $3.75 billion available for issuance under these registration statements.

        In addition to the issuances described above, the Company has issued $5.5 billion in debt securities under earlier registration statements. At December 31, 2004, the Company had a total of $8.8 billion debt outstanding in principal. As of December 31, 2004, the Company's senior debt was rated A by Fitch, A3 by Moody's and A– by Standard and Poor's.

50



        Washington Mutual, Inc. also has a commercial paper program and a revolving credit facility that are sources of liquidity. The commercial paper program provides for up to $500 million in funds. The revolving credit facility totaling $800 million provides credit support for Washington Mutual, Inc.'s commercial paper program as well as funds for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2004, Washington Mutual, Inc. had no commercial paper outstanding and the entire amount of the revolving credit facility was available. As of December 31, 2004, the Company's commercial paper was rated F1 by Fitch, P2 by Moody's and A2 by Standard and Poor's.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. maintains sufficient liquidity to cover all debt obligations maturing over the next twelve months without incremental access to the capital markets.

    Banking Subsidiaries

        The principal sources of liquidity for our banking subsidiaries are customer deposits, wholesale borrowings, the maturity and repayment of portfolio loans, securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio and mortgage loans designated as held for sale. Among these sources, transaction deposits and wholesale borrowings from FHLB advances and repurchase agreements continue to provide the Company with a significant source of stable funding. During 2004, those sources funded 72% of average total assets. Our continuing ability to retain our transaction deposit base and to attract new deposits depends on various factors, such as customer service satisfaction levels and the competitiveness of interest rates offered on our deposit products. We continue to have the necessary assets available to pledge as collateral to obtain FHLB advances and repurchase agreements to offset any potential declines in deposit balances.

        In 2004, the Company's proceeds from the sales of loans held for sale were approximately $127 billion. These proceeds were, in turn, used as the primary funding source for the origination and purchases, net of principal payments, of approximately $148 billion of loans held for sale during the same period. Typically, a cyclical pattern of sales and originations/purchases repeats itself during the course of a period and the amount of funding necessary to sustain our mortgage banking operations does not significantly affect the Company's overall level of liquidity resources. In 2004, originations/purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments, exceeded the proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale by approximately $21 billion.

        To supplement our primary funding sources, our banking subsidiaries also raise funds in domestic and international capital markets. In August 2003, the Company established a $20 billion Global Bank Note Program for Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA") and Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") to issue senior and subordinated notes in the United States and in international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures. Under this program, WMBFA is allowed to issue up to $15 billion in notes, of which $5 billion can be issued as subordinated notes subject to regulatory approval. As a result of the merger of WMB into WMBFA on January 1, 2005, the $5 billion credit facility that was issuable by WMB under this program is no longer available. The maximum aggregate principal amount of notes with maturities greater than 270 days from the date of issue offered by WMBFA may not exceed $7.5 billion.

        Under the Global Bank Note Program, WMBFA issued a total of $2.5 billion of subordinated notes during 2004. WMBFA issued $750 million of 10 year fixed-rate subordinated notes in August 2004 and an additional $250 million with identical terms in September 2004. In November 2004, WMBFA issued an additional $1 billion of 10 year fixed-rate subordinated notes and $500 million of 10 year floating rate subordinated notes. After these issuances, WMBFA had a total of $12.50 billion available under this program.

        In addition to the issuances described above, WMB and WMBFA have issued $2.8 billion in senior and subordinated notes under earlier programs. At December 31, 2004, the banking subsidiaries had $5.3 billion debt outstanding in principal. As of December 31, 2004, senior unsecured long-term obligations at both WMB and WMBFA were rated A by Fitch, A2 by Moody's and A by Standard and Poor's. Short-term obligations were rated F1 by Fitch, P1 by Moody's and A1 by Standard and Poor's. As a result of the merger described above, WMBFA assumed all of WMB's debt.

51



    Non-banking Subsidiaries

        Long Beach Mortgage has revolving credit facilities with non-affiliated lenders totaling $7 billion that are used to fund loans held for sale. At December 31, 2004, Long Beach Mortgage had borrowings outstanding of $4 billion under these credit facilities.

Off-Balance Sheet Activities and Contractual Obligations

    Asset Securitization

        We transform loans into securities, which are sold to investors – a process known as securitization. Securitization involves the sale of loans to a qualifying special-purpose entity ("QSPE"), typically a trust. The QSPE, in turn, issues securities, commonly called asset-backed securities, which are secured by future collections on the sold loans. The QSPE sells securities to investors, which entitle the investors to receive specified cash flows during the term of the security. The QSPE uses proceeds from the sale of these securities to pay the Company for the loans sold to the QSPE. These QSPEs are not consolidated within our financial statements since they satisfy the criteria established by Statement No. 140 , Accounting for the Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities . In general, these criteria require the QSPE to be legally isolated from the transferor (the Company), be limited to permitted activities, and have defined limits on the assets it can hold and the permitted sales, exchanges or distributions of its assets.

        When we sell or securitize loans, we generally retain the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the sold or securitized assets. Retained interests may provide credit enhancement to the investors and, absent the violation of representations and warranties, generally represent the Company's maximum risk exposure associated with these transactions. Retained interests in securitizations were $1.62 billion at December 31, 2004, of which $1.60 billion have either a AAA credit rating or are agency insured. Additional information concerning securitization transactions is included in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

52


    Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents, as of December 31, 2004, the Company's significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories described below, by payment date or contractual maturity. These contractual obligations, except for the operating lease obligations and purchase obligations, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient.

 
  Payments Due by Period (in millions)
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1 but
less than
3 years

  3 but
less than
5 years

  5 years
or more

Debt obligations   $ 104,489   $ 55,701   $ 36,896   $ 3,287   $ 8,605
Capital lease obligations     63     7     12     12     32
Operating lease obligations     2,040     451     649     392     548
Purchase obligations (1)     357     193     128     29     7
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations   $ 106,949   $ 56,352   $ 37,685   $ 3,720   $ 9,192
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Purchase obligations are defined as legally binding agreements whereby the Company commits to a minimum purchase amount of $1 million or more over a specified period of time. Estimated payments for contracts that may be terminated early without penalty are shown through the first termination date, all others are shown through the date of contract termination. Excluded from the table are purchase obligations expected to be settled in cash within 90 days of the end of the reporting period.

        The Company enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of the contracts changes daily as market interest rates change. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 1 – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 21 – "Derivative Financial Instruments" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

        The Company may incur liabilities under certain contractual agreements contingent upon the occurrence of certain events. A discussion of these contractual agreements under which the Company may be held liable is included in Note 14 – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under pension and other postretirement benefit plans as described in Note 20 – "Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


Capital Adequacy

        The regulatory capital ratios of WMBFA, WMB and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") and minimum regulatory ratios to be categorized as well-capitalized were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
   
 
 
  Well-Capitalized
Minimum

 
 
  WMBFA
  WMB
  WMBfsb
 
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)   5.46 % 7.44 % 93.67 % 5.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets   8.12   10.92   393.52   6.00  
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   11.68   12.35   393.56   10.00  
 
  December 31, 2003
   
 
 
  Well-Capitalized
Minimum

 
 
  WMBFA
  WMB
  WMBfsb
 
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)   5.50 % 5.82 % 10.34 % 5.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets   8.72   9.10   16.36   6.00  
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   10.80   11.23   17.04   10.00  

        Our federal savings bank subsidiaries are also required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of assets. WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb satisfied this requirement at December 31, 2004.

        Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements. At December 31, 2004, both of our broker-dealer subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable capital requirements.

        On February 1, 2004, WMBfsb became a subsidiary of WMBFA. This reorganization was followed by the contribution of $23.27 billion of mortgage-backed and investment securities by WMBFA to WMBfsb on March 1, 2004. Due to the low risk weights assigned to these securities under the federal banking agency regulatory capital guidelines, their contribution to WMBfsb's capital base substantially increased that entity's risk-based capital ratios.

        During 2004, the Company repurchased 16.1 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $44.14 as part of our share repurchase program. Effective July 15, 2003, the Company adopted a share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors. Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its common stock, as conditions warrant. From January 1, 2005 through February 28, 2005, the Company did not repurchase additional shares. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.

Market Risk Management

        Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income, fair market values and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Substantially all of our interest rate risk arises from instruments, positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading. These include loans, MSR, securities, deposits, borrowings, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

        The Company's trading securities are primarily comprised of financial instruments, such as principal-only mortgage-backed securities, used for MSR risk management activities. As such, the related interest rate risk of those financial instruments used for MSR risk management activities is considered within the sensitivity comparison, presented later within this section.

        We manage interest rate risk within a consolidated enterprise risk management framework that includes the measurement and management of specific portfolios (MSR and Other Mortgage Banking) discussed below. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by a policy reviewed and approved annually by our Board. The Board has delegated the oversight of the administration of this policy to the Finance Committee of the Board.

54



    Types of Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to different types of interest rate risks. These include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment, lifetime cap and volatility risk.

    Lag/Repricing Risk

        Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of adjustable-rate assets and liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch in the maturities between assets and liabilities. For example, if our assets reprice slower than our liabilities, the effect of this timing difference, or "lag," will be favorable during a period of declining interest rates and unfavorable during a period of rising interest rates. Lag/repricing risk can produce short-term volatility in net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time.

    Basis Risk

        Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing frequencies but are tied to different market interest rate indices.

    Prepayment Risk

        Prepayment risk results from the ability of customers to pay off their loans prior to maturity. Generally, prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments.

    Lifetime Cap Risk

        Many of the Company's adjustable-rate home loan products contain lifetime interest rate caps, which prevent the interest rate on the loan from exceeding a contractually determined level. In periods of dramatically rising rates, adjustable-rate loans that have reached their lifetime cap rate will no longer reprice upward.

    Volatility Risk

        Volatility risk is the change to the fair value of an option, or a fixed income instrument containing options (such as mortgages) from changes in the implied market level of future volatility ("implied volatility"). For the holder of an option contract, implied volatility is a key determinant of option value with higher volatility generally increasing option value and lower volatility generally decreasing option value.

    MSR Risk Management

        We manage potential impairment in the fair value of MSR and increased amortization levels of MSR through a comprehensive risk management program. Our intent is to offset the changes in fair value and amortization levels of MSR with changes in the fair value of risk management instruments. The risk management instruments include interest rate contracts, forward purchase commitments and available-for-sale and trading securities. The securities generally consist of fixed-rate debt securities, such as U.S. Government and agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities, including principal-only strips. The interest rate contracts typically consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions and interest rate floors. We also enter into forward commitments to purchase mortgage-backed securities, which generally are agreements to purchase 15- and 30-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities.

        The fair value of MSR is primarily affected by changes in prepayments that result from shifts in mortgage rates. Changes in the value of MSR risk management instruments due to changes in interest rates vary based on the specific instrument. For example, changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps are driven by shifts in interest rate swap rates and the fair value of U.S. Treasury securities is based on changes in U.S. Treasury rates. Mortgage rates may move more or less than the rates on Treasury bonds or interest rate swaps. This could result in a change in the fair value of the MSR that differs from the change in fair value of the MSR risk management instruments. This difference in market indices between the MSR and the risk management instruments results in what is referred to as basis risk.

55



        During the third quarter of 2004, the Company adopted an MSR risk management approach that reduces its exposure to basis risk. As a result, the amount of mortgage based risk management products, such as forward commitments to purchase and sell mortgage-backed securities, was increased, while the amount of LIBOR based products, such as interest rate swap contracts, decreased. Due to the inherent optionality in mortgage-based products, additional derivatives were also purchased to mitigate the optionality risk created by these products. This change in approach resulted in a significant increase in the total notional balance of derivative contracts as compared with 2003, that are designated as MSR risk management instruments.

        The fair value of MSR decreases and the amortization rate increases in a declining interest rate environment due to the higher prepayment activity, resulting in the potential for loss of value and a reduction in net loan servicing income. During periods of rising interest rates, the amortization rate of MSR decreases and the fair value of MSR increases.

        We manage the MSR daily and adjust the mix of instruments used to manage MSR fair value changes as interest rates and market conditions warrant. The objective is to maintain an efficient and fairly liquid mix as well as a diverse portfolio of risk management instruments with maturity ranges that correspond well to the anticipated behavior of the MSR. For that portion of the MSR which qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, all changes in fair value of the MSR, even when the fair value is higher than amortized cost, will be recorded through earnings. MSR which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment must be accounted for at the lower of cost or market value. We also manage the size of the MSR asset. Depending on market conditions and our desire to expand customer relationships, we may periodically sell or purchase additional servicing. We also may structure loan sales to control the size of the MSR asset created by any particular transaction.

        We believe this overall risk management strategy is the most efficient approach to managing MSR fair value risk. The success of this strategy, however, is dependent on management's decisions regarding the amount, type and mix of MSR risk management instruments that we select to manage the changes in fair value of our mortgage servicing asset. If this strategy is not successful, our net income could be adversely affected.

    Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management

        We also manage the risks associated with our home loan mortgage warehouse and pipeline. The mortgage warehouse consists of funded loans intended for sale in the secondary market. The pipeline consists of commitments to originate or purchase mortgages to be sold in the secondary market. The risk associated with the mortgage pipeline and warehouse is the potential for changes in interest rates between the time the customer locks in the rate on the loan and the time the loan is sold.

        We measure the risk profile of the mortgage warehouse and pipeline daily. As needed, to manage the warehouse and pipeline risk, we execute forward sales commitments, interest rate contracts and mortgage option contracts. A forward sales commitment protects us in a rising interest rate environment, since the sales price and delivery date are already established. A forward sales commitment is different, however, from an option contract in that we are obligated to deliver the loan to the third party on the agreed-upon future date. We also estimate the fallout factor, which represents the percentage of loans that are not expected to be funded, when determining the appropriate amount of our pipeline risk management instruments.

    Asset/Liability Risk Management

        The purpose of asset/liability risk management is to assess the aggregate risk profile of the consolidated Company. Asset/liability risk analysis combines the MSR and Other Mortgage Banking activities with substantially all of the other remaining interest rate risk positions inherent in the Company's operations.

56



        To analyze net income sensitivity, management projects net income in a variety of interest rate scenarios, assuming both parallel and non-parallel shifts in the yield curve. These scenarios also capture the net interest income sensitivity due to changes in the slope of the yield curve and changes in the spread between Treasury and LIBOR rates. Additionally, management measures the sensitivity of asset and liability fair value changes to changes in interest rates to analyze risk exposure over longer periods of time.

        The projection of the sensitivity of net income requires numerous assumptions. Prepayment speeds, decay rates (the estimated runoff of deposit accounts that do not have a stated maturity) and loan and deposit volume and mix projections are the most significant assumptions. Prepayments affect the size of our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, which impacts net interest income, and is also a major factor in the valuation of MSR. The decay rate assumptions also impact net interest income by altering the expected deposit mix and rates in various interest rate environments. The prepayment and decay rate assumptions reflect management's best estimate of future behavior. These assumptions are derived from internal and external analysis of customer behavior.

        The slope of the yield curve, current interest rate conditions and the speed of changes in interest rates all affect our sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Our borrowings and, to a lesser extent, our interest-bearing deposits typically reprice faster than our adjustable-rate assets. An additional lag effect is inherent in our adjustable-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities indexed to the 12-month average of the annual yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year and those indexed to the 11th District FHLB monthly weighted average cost of funds index.

        The sensitivity of new loan volume and mix to changes in market interest rate levels is also projected. We generally assume a reduction in total loan production in rising interest rate scenarios accompanied by a shift towards a greater proportion of adjustable-rate production. The gain from mortgage loans also varies under different interest rate scenarios. Normally, the gain from mortgage loans increases in falling interest rate environments primarily from high fixed-rate mortgage refinancing activity. Conversely, the gain from mortgage loans may decline when interest rates increase if we choose to retain more loans in the portfolio.

        In periods of rising interest rates, the net interest margin normally contracts since the repricing period of our liabilities is shorter than the repricing period of our assets. The net interest margin generally expands in periods of falling interest rates as borrowing costs reprice downward faster than asset yields.

        To manage interest rate sensitivity, management first utilizes the interest rate risk characteristics of our balance sheet assets and liabilities to offset each other as much as possible. Balance sheet products have a variety of risk profiles and sensitivities. Some of the components of our interest rate risk are countercyclical. We may adjust the amount or mix of risk management instruments based on the countercyclical behavior of our balance sheet products.

        When the countercyclical behavior inherent in portions of our balance sheet does not result in an acceptable risk profile, management utilizes investment securities and interest rate contracts to mitigate this situation. The interest rate contracts used for this purpose are classified as asset/liability risk management instruments. These contracts are often used to modify the repricing period of our interest-bearing funding sources with the intention of reducing the volatility of net interest income. The types of contracts used for this purpose consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate corridors, interest rate swaptions and certain derivatives that are embedded in borrowings. We also use receive-fixed swaps as part of our asset/liability risk management strategy to help us modify the repricing characteristics of certain long-term liabilities to match those of our assets. Typically, these are swaps of long-term fixed-rate debt to a short-term adjustable-rate which more closely resembles our asset repricing characteristics.

    January 1, 2005 and January 1, 2004 Sensitivity Comparison

        The table below indicates the sensitivity of net interest income and net income as a result of interest rate movements on market risk sensitive instruments. The base case used for this sensitivity analysis is similar to our most recent earnings plan for the respective twelve month periods as of the date the analysis

57



was performed. The comparative results assume parallel shifts in the yield curve with interest rates rising 200 basis points in even quarterly increments over the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and interest rates decreasing by 50 basis points in even quarterly increments over the first six months of the twelve month periods. The projected interest rate sensitivities of net interest income and net income shown below may differ significantly from actual results, particularly with respect to non-parallel shifts in the yield curve or changes in the spreads between mortgage, Treasury and LIBOR rates.

        The duration of earning assets drifted lower over 2004. This was a result of the origination and retention of adjustable-rate mortgage loans, significant growth in home equity loans and lines of credit as well as discretionary activity directed at reducing interest rate risk in the face of rising interest rates. Liability duration remained relatively constant over that same period. The result was a reduction in the net duration position and projected net interest income sensitivity. The projected net income and net interest income profile may not be realized and may not be present for non-parallel shifts in the yield curve or changes in the spreads between mortgage, Treasury and LIBOR rates.

 
  Gradual Change in Rates
 
 
  –50 basis points
  +200 basis points
 
Net interest income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2005   2.61 % (2.18 )%
  January 1, 2004   3.01   (2.57 )
Net income change for the one-year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2005   (0.95 ) (1.37 )
  January 1, 2004   (0.34 ) (1.23 )

        The change in net income sensitivity in the declining rate scenario was mainly due to the decrease in net duration, which results in lower net interest income. In the rising interest rate scenario the decrease in net duration has the effect of decreasing sensitivity; however, this decrease in sensitivity was more than offset by a modest change in the volatility of home loan mortgage banking income, due to changes in interest rates since year end, and changes in the composition of the MSR portfolio and related hedges and risk management instruments. This resulted in a net increase in sensitivity in the rising interest rate scenario.

        These sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; are subject to the accuracy of various assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rate; and do not incorporate other factors that would impact the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, most significantly the impact of changes in gain from mortgage loans, that result from changes in interest rates. Before the second quarter of 2004, an assumed level of gain from mortgage loans had been included as a component within the sensitivity model. Accordingly, the results of the January 1, 2004 net income simulation have been restated to conform to this change in methodology. In addition, not all of the changes in fair value may impact current period earnings. For example, the portion of the MSR that does not qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment may increase in value, but the amount of the increase that is recorded in current period earnings may be limited to the recovery of the impairment reserve within each stratum. These analyses also assume that the general composition of MSR hedging and risk management instruments remains fairly constant and that mortgage and interest rate swap spreads remain constant in all interest rate environments. These assumptions may not be realized. For example, changes in spreads between interest rate indices could result in significant changes in projected net income sensitivity. Projected net income may increase if market rates on interest rate swaps decrease by more than the decrease in mortgage rates, while the projected net income may decline if the rates on swaps increase by more than mortgage rates. For all of these reasons, the preceding sensitivity estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

58



Maturity and Repricing Information

        We use interest rate risk management contracts and available-for-sale and trading securities as tools to manage our interest rate risk profile. The following tables summarize the key contractual terms associated with these contracts and available-for-sale securities. Interest rate risk management contracts that are embedded within certain adjustable- and fixed-rate borrowings, while not accounted for as derivatives under Statement No. 133, have been included in the tables since they also function as interest rate risk management tools. Substantially all of the pay-fixed swaps, receive-fixed swaps and payor swaptions at December 31, 2004 are indexed to three-month LIBOR.

        The following estimated net fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
  After
2009

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Asset/Liability Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (112 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 16,013   $ 11,780   $ 1,433   $ 2,800              
      Weighted average pay rate           3.51 %   3.08 %   4.18 %   5.01 %            
      Weighted average receive rate           2.34 %   2.39 %   2.13 %   2.24 %            
    Receive-fixed swaps:     218                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 19,930   $ 80   $ 1,000   $ 10,950   $ 850   $ 1,150   $ 5,900  
      Weighted average pay rate           2.53 %   0.62 %   2.29 %   2.53 %   2.46 %   2.74 %   2.55 %
      Weighted average receive rate           4.35 %   5.41 %   6.81 %   3.53 %   3.99 %   4.25 %   5.51 %
    Interest rate caps:     21                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 26,075   $ 3,000   $ 19,875   $ 3,200              
      Weighted average strike rate           4.38 %   3.30 %   4.46 %   4.91 %            
    Interest rate corridors:     2                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 2,585   $ 7                   $ 2,578  
      Weighted average strike rate – long cap           9.80 %   5.94 %                   9.81 %
      Weighted average strike rate – short cap           10.09 %   7.44 %                   10.10 %
    Payor swaptions:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 500       $ 500                  
      Weighted average strike rate           5.30 %       5.30 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                     $ 500              
      Weighted average pay rate                       5.30 %            
    Receiver swaptions:     6                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 1,070   $ 750   $ 320                  
      Weighted average strike rate           3.87 %   3.92 %   3.75 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 1,070  
      Weighted average receive rate                                   3.87 %
   
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability risk management   $ 136   $ 66,173                                      
   
 
                                     

(This table is continued on the next page.)

59


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
  After
2009

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management                                                  
    Forward purchase commitments:   $ 28                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 11,625   $ 11,625                      
      Weighted average price           101.15     101.15                      
    Forward sales commitments:     (48 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 31,488   $ 31,488                      
      Weighted average price           101.02     101.02                      
    Interest rate futures:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 18,530   $ 7,446   $ 5,914   $ 4,267   $ 628   $ 275      
      Weighted average price           96.30     96.75     96.19     95.83     95.48     95.13      
    Interest-rate corridor:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 3,439               $ 3,439          
      Weighted average strike rate – long cap           3.94 %               3.94 %        
      Weighted average strike rate – short cap           10.00 %               10.00 %        
    Mortgage put options:     4                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 1,215   $ 1,215                      
      Weighted average strike price           101.35     101.35                      
    Pay-fixed swaps:     22                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 9,371   $ 4,840   $ 3,280   $ 380       $ 233   $ 638  
      Weighted average pay rate           3.08 %   2.79 %   3.10 %   3.33 %       3.91 %   4.68 %
      Weighted average receive rate           2.37 %   2.40 %   2.34 %   2.30 %       2.27 %   2.38 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     10                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 1,335       $ 300   $ 400           $ 635  
      Weighted average pay rate           2.20 %       2.05 %   2.13 %           2.32 %
      Weighted average receive rate           3.84 %       2.19 %   3.37 %           4.91 %
    Payor swaptions:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 6,040   $ 6,040                      
      Weighted average strike rate           6.39 %   6.39 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 6,040  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   6.39 %
   
 
                                     
        Total other mortgage banking risk management   $ 18   $ 83,043                                      
   
 
                                     

(This table is continued on the next page.)

60


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
  After
2009

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  MSR Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ 24                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 4,500   $ 3,000   $ 1,500                  
      Weighted average pay rate           2.53 %   2.37 %   2.83 %                
      Weighted average receive rate           2.50 %   2.50 %   2.49 %                
    Receive-fixed swaps:     181                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 10,310       $ 600       $ 255   $ 575   $ 8,880  
      Weighted average pay rate           2.31 %       2.51 %       2.04 %   2.31 %   2.30 %
      Weighted average receive rate           4.74 %       3.36 %       3.55 %   3.74 %   4.93 %
    Constant maturity mortgage swaps:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 100               $ 100          
      Weighted average pay rate           5.11 %               5.11 %        
      Weighted average receive rate           5.22 %               5.22 %        
    Payor swaptions:     83                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 52,200   $ 49,150   $ 3,050                  
      Weighted average strike rate           5.54 %   5.56 %   5.22 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                     $ 4,950   $ 3,800       $ 43,450  
      Weighted average pay rate                       4.21 %   4.87 %       5.75 %
    Written receive-fixed swaptions:     (3 )                                          
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 7,000   $ 7,000                      
      Weighted average strike rate           3.44 %   3.44 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                     $ 1,000           $ 6,000  
      Weighted average strike rate                       2.77 %           3.56 %
    Forward purchase commitments:     89                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 41,912   $ 41,912                      
      Weighted average price           99.83     99.83                      
    Forward sales commitments:     (9 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 5,655   $ 5,655                      
      Weighted average price           99.31     99.31                      
   
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 366   $ 121,677                                      
   
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 520   $ 270,893                                      
   
 
                                     
 
  December 31, 2004
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

MSR Risk Management:                  
  Available-For-Sale Securities:                  
    Mortgage-backed securities – U.S. Government and agency (1)   $ 2,137   $ 19   $ 2,156
  Trading Securities:                  
    Mortgage-backed securities – U.S. Government and agency             3,512
               
      Total MSR risk management securities               $ 5,668
               

(1)
Mortgage-backed securities mature after 2009.

61


 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Asset/Liability Risk Management                                                  
    Pay-fixed swaps:   $ (745 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 21,090   $ 9,083   $ 3,230   $ 4,709   $ 3,700   $ 368      
      Weighted average pay rate           4.31 %   3.97 %   4.17 %   4.39 %   5.02 %   5.70 %    
      Weighted average receive rate           1.18 %   1.17 %   1.16 %   1.22 %   1.17 %   1.15 %    
    Receive-fixed swaps:     401                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 6,440   $ 200   $ 180   $ 1,000   $ 750   $ 750   $ 3,560  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.41 %   1.38 %   0.29 %   1.18 %   3.43 %   1.15 %   1.16 %
      Weighted average receive rate           5.44 %   6.75 %   5.35 %   6.81 %   4.91 %   3.71 %   5.47 %
    Interest rate corridors:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 254   $ 191   $ 63                  
      Weighted average strike rate – long cap           7.60 %   8.14 %   5.94 %                
      Weighted average strike rate – short cap           8.98 %   9.48 %   7.44 %                
    Embedded pay-fixed swaps:     (99 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 2,500               $ 2,500          
      Weighted average pay rate           4.09 %               4.09 %        
      Weighted average receive rate           1.16 %               1.16 %        
    Embedded caps:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 500   $ 500                      
      Weighted average strike rate           7.75 %   7.75 %                    
    Embedded payor swaptions (1) :                                                
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 500   $ 500                      
      Weighted average strike rate           6.21 %   6.21 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 500  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   6.21 %
   
 
                                     
        Total asset/liability risk management   $ (443 ) $ 31,284                                      
   
 
                                     

(1)
Interest rate swaptions are only exercisable upon maturity

(This table is continued on the next page.)

62


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management                                                  
    Forward purchase commitments:   $ 57                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 12,132   $ 12,132                      
      Weighted average price           100.47     100.47                      
    Forward sales commitments:     (155 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 23,566   $ 23,566                      
      Weighted average price           101.11     101.11                      
    Interest rate futures:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 12,874   $ 1,851   $ 1,542   $ 2,255   $ 2,002   $ 5,224      
      Weighted average price           96.17     98.34     96.79     95.64     94.81     94.40      
    Mortgage put options:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 100   $ 100                      
      Weighted average strike price           99.07     99.07                      
    Pay-fixed swaps:     (3 )                                          
      Contractual maturity         $ 804       $ 58   $ 36       $ 185   $ 525  
      Weighted average pay rate           4.13 %       2.11 %   2.20 %       3.63 %   4.66 %
      Weighted average receive rate           1.16 %       1.17 %   1.16 %       1.17 %   1.17 %
    Receive-fixed swaps:     44                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 1,950                   $ 250   $ 1,700  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.17 %                   1.17 %   1.17 %
      Weighted average receive rate           4.79 %                   3.90 %   4.92 %
    Floors (2) :     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 250       $ 250                  
      Weighted average strike rate           1.56 %       1.56 %                
    Payor swaptions:     53                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 3,236   $ 1,050   $ 2,186                  
      Weighted average strike rate           6.47 %   5.94 %   6.72 %                
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 3,236  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   6.47 %
    Receiver swaptions:     8                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 300   $ 300                      
      Weighted average strike rate           4.84 %   4.84 %                    
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 300  
      Weighted average receive rate                                   4.84 %
   
 
                                     
        Total other mortgage banking risk management   $ 5   $ 55,212                                      
   
 
                                     

(2)
These floors became effective during December 2003.

(This table is continued on the next page.)

63


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Maturity Range
 
 
  Net
Fair
Value

  Total
Notional
Amount

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  After
2008

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Interest Rate Risk Management Contracts:                                                  
  MSR Risk Management                                                  
    Receive-fixed swaps:   $ 201                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 30,588   $ 243   $ 10,500   $ 500   $ 1,800   $ 4,135   $ 13,410  
      Weighted average pay rate           1.33 %   1.16 %   1.35 %   1.66 %   2.77 %   1.17 %   1.17 %
      Weighted average receive rate           3.78 %   5.34 %   2.19 %   4.18 %   4.27 %   3.76 %   4.93 %
    Constant maturity mortgage swaps:     1                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 100                   $ 100      
      Weighted average pay rate           5.24 %                   5.24 %    
      Weighted average receive rate           5.41 %                   5.41 %    
    Payor swaptions:     226                                            
      Contractual maturity (option)         $ 13,800   $ 2,800   $ 6,000   $ 5,000              
      Weighted average strike rate           7.12 %   6.66 %   7.32 %   7.14 %            
      Contractual maturity (swap)                                 $ 13,800  
      Weighted average pay rate                                   7.12 %
    Forward purchase commitments:     241                                            
      Contractual maturity         $ 22,435   $ 22,435                      
      Weighted average price           98.47     98.47                      
    Forward sales commitments:                                                
      Contractual maturity         $ 1,500   $ 1,500                      
      Weighted average price           98.96     98.96                      
   
 
                                     
        Total MSR risk management   $ 669   $ 68,423                                      
   
 
                                     
          Total interest rate risk management contracts   $ 231   $ 154,919                                      
   
 
                                     
 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

MSR Risk Management:                  
  Available-For-Sale Securities:                  
    Mortgage-backed securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency   $ 486   $ (14 ) $ 472
    Investment securities (1) :                  
      U.S. Government and agency     6,275     (156 )   6,119
               
        Total MSR risk management securities               $ 6,591
               

(1)
Mortgage-backed securities and investment securities mature after 2008.

    Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from certain counterparties for amounts in excess of exposure limits and monitors all exposure and collateral requirements daily. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed

64



appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net." At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments was $861 million and $1.34 billion. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003 reduced the Company's derivative counterparty credit risk by $258 million and $646 million. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $273 million and $323 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Accordingly, the Company's credit risk related to derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 was $330 million and $375 million.

Operational Risk Management

        Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from human fallibility, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, or from external events, including loss related to legal, reputation, public policy and strategic risks. Operational risk can occur in any activity, function, or unit of the Company.

        Primary responsibility for managing operational risk rests with the lines of business. Each line of business is responsible for identifying its operational risks and establishing and maintaining appropriate business-specific policies, internal control procedures and monitoring tools for these risks. To help identify, assess and manage corporate-wide risks, we use corporate support groups such as Legal, Compliance, Information Security, Continuity Assurance, Strategic Sourcing, and Finance. These groups assist the lines of business in the development and implementation of risk management practices specific to the needs of each business.

        As the management of operational risk continues to evolve into a distinct risk discipline, the Company's independent operational risk oversight function is working with the lines of business and corporate support functions to refine our existing corporate operational risk governance structure and framework. The objective of this effort is to achieve an integrated approach that emphasizes proactive management of operational risk using measures, tools and techniques that are risk-focused and consistently applied company-wide. This will further enhance our ability to aggregate and analyze operational risk data across business lines, processes and products, and improve communication of these risks to management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Tax Contingency

        From 1981 through 1985, H.F. Ahmanson & Co. ("Ahmanson"), which was acquired by the Company in 1998, acquired thrift institutions in six states through Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC") assisted transactions. Ahmanson sold its branches and abandoned the branching rights it acquired in those states in years prior to December 31, 1998. The Company (as successor to Ahmanson) believes it is entitled to tax deductions at the time the branches were sold and the branching rights abandoned and has filed refund claims asserting its belief. The potential tax benefit related to the losses on branching rights approximated $200 million as of December 31, 2004. The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has disallowed the tax deduction on examination.

        In addition, the Company has filed refund claims with the IRS related to the deduction for supervisory goodwill due to new regulatory standards imposed by Congress. The potential benefit for the deduction of supervisory goodwill approximated $550 million as of December 31, 2004.

        No benefit has been recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the items discussed above.

Goodwill Litigation

        On August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act was enacted. Among other things, the Act raised the minimum capital requirements for savings institutions and required a phase-out of the amount of supervisory goodwill that could be included in satisfying certain regulatory capital requirements. The exclusion of supervisory goodwill from regulatory capital led many savings

65



institutions to either replace the lost capital by issuing new qualifying debt or equity securities or to reduce assets.

        To date, trials have been concluded and opinions have been issued in a number of actions in the United States Court of Federal Claims in which savings institutions and investors in savings institutions sought damages from the U.S. Government based on breach of contract and other theories. Generally, in cases in which these opinions on the merits have been issued by the federal claims court, either the plaintiff(s), the defendant (U.S. Government), or both the plaintiff(s) and the defendant, have opted to appeal the federal claims court's decision. Of those appeals, some are now pending before the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and others have been decided. Generally, the appeals have resulted in the cases being remanded to the federal claims court for further trial proceedings. In one case, California Federal Bank v. United States, the plaintiff petitioned and the defendant cross petitioned the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari, both of which were denied.

    Home Savings

        WMBFA and WMI are plaintiffs in the Home Savings goodwill litigation by succession to the rights and claims of Home Savings of America FSB ("Home Savings") and H.F. Ahmanson & Company (the parent company of Home Savings, "Ahmanson"), respectively, in connection with the merger of Ahmanson with and into WMI and the merger of Home with and into WMBFA. Plaintiffs have continued to pursue a favorable outcome in the lawsuit originally filed by Home Savings and Ahmanson in September 1992 against the U.S. Government for damages from the exclusion from regulatory capital of supervisory goodwill resulting from Home Savings' acquisitions of savings institutions in Florida, Missouri, Texas, Illinois, and Ohio, and of Century Federal Savings of New York, over the period from 1981 to 1985.

        In the Home Savings goodwill litigation, plaintiffs alleged breaches of contract as well as certain other claims. All claims other than the breach of contract claims have been dismissed by the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, and proceedings to adjudicate the breach of contract claims were bifurcated. In the first stage of the proceedings, which was concluded in May 2001, the U.S. Court of Federal Claims held the government to be liable in damages for the breaches of contract alleged by plaintiffs. The U.S. Court of Federal Claims found in favor of the government and determined that no enforceable contract was formed with respect to four state-insured savings institutions located in Ohio that were merged into Home Savings in 1985. In the second stage of the proceedings, the U.S. Court of Federal Claims sought to fix the amount of damages, if any, to which plaintiffs were entitled in compensation for the breaches of contract. After holding a three-week trial in February 2003, the court on September 3, 2003 entered judgment in favor of plaintiffs and awarded damages of approximately $134 million, which had not been recorded in the Company's financial statements as of December 31, 2004.

        The U.S. sought review of the trial court's judgment of both liability and damages by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Plaintiffs sought review of the trial court's determination that no enforceable contract was formed with respect to the four state-insured thrifts in Ohio. On March 7, 2005, a panel of three Federal Circuit judges issued a unanimous opinion that affirmed the trial court's judgment of both liability and damages with respect to the federally insured thrifts and vacated the trial court's determination that no enforceable contract was formed with respect to the four state-insured thrifts in Ohio, remanding this claim to the trial court for further proceedings. The U.S. may seek en banc review of the three-judge opinion by all of the judges of the Federal Circuit. If the Federal Circuit denies a request by the U.S. for en banc review, the U.S. may seek review of the three-judge decision by the United States Supreme Court. If the Federal Circuit grants a request by the U.S. for en banc review, the U.S., or plaintiffs, or both may seek review of the en banc decision by the United States Supreme Court.

    American Savings Bank, F.A.

        In December 1992, American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings, Inc. and certain related parties brought a lawsuit against the U.S. Government, alleging, among other things, that in connection with the acquisition of American Savings Bank they entered into a contract with agencies of the United States and

66



that the U.S. Government breached that contract. As a result of the Keystone acquisition, we succeeded to all of the rights of American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and such related parties in such litigation and will receive any recovery from the litigation.

        In connection with the Keystone acquisition, we placed 8 million shares of our common stock in escrow. As of December 19, 2002, as a result of stock splits, there were 18 million shares in the escrow. Under the escrow arrangement, upon our receipt of net cash proceeds from a judgment in or settlement of the litigation, all or part of the escrow shares were to be released, 64.9% to investors in Keystone Holdings or their assigns, and 35.1% to the FDIC as manager of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund or its assigns. The number of escrow shares to be released was to be equal to the cash proceeds, reduced by certain tax and litigation-related costs and expenses, divided by $18.4944. The escrow would by its terms automatically expire on December 20, 2002, absent the occurrence of certain circumstances that would extend it.

        In December, 2002, we contended that these circumstances had not occurred and we notified the escrow agent that the escrow had expired. Accordingly, we instructed the escrow agent to return to us the 18 million shares of our common stock held in escrow, together with the dividends paid on those shares and the interest earned on the cash while in escrow. The Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC objected to such release, contending, among other matters, that the circumstances that would extend the escrow had occurred.

        During much of 2003, we were in discussion with the Keystone Holdings' investors and the FDIC about a possible resolution of our disagreement relating to the escrow. In the third quarter of 2003, the FDIC agreed to sell its contingent interest in the escrow to Escrow Partners, L.P., a partnership owned by investors in Keystone Holdings. In the fourth quarter, we resolved our disagreement with Keystone Holdings and Escrow Partners by agreeing that six million shares of our common stock will remain in the escrow, together with the accumulated dividends and interest earned on the cash, under substantially the same terms as set forth in the original escrow agreement, except that the expiration date of the escrow has been extended to December 20, 2008, subject to certain limited extensions. As a result, in 2003, a total of 12 million shares of common stock were returned to us from the escrow together with $73 million in cash. Approximately $68 million of that cash amount represented dividends paid on the returned shares, which included $53 million paid prior to 2003 and $15 million paid during 2003. Also included was approximately $5 million in interest earned on the cash while in escrow.

    Bank United Corp.

        On October 4, 2004, the United States Supreme Court denied a petition for writ of certiorari filed by the Bank United Litigation Trust regarding a September 22, 2003 judgment. WMBFA's only interest in this litigation was reimbursement of litigation costs. As a result of the court proceedings we will receive partial reimbursement for litigation costs.

    Dime Bancorp, Inc.

        In January 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB, filed suit against the U.S. Government for unspecified damages involving supervisory goodwill related to its acquisition of eight troubled savings institutions from 1982-1985. Four of the acquisitions involved financial assistance from the U.S. Government, and four did not. The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB acquired Anchor Savings Bank shortly after the case was brought and Dime Savings Bank assumed the rights under the litigation against the government. Dime Bancorp distributed a Litigation Tracking Warrant™ (an "LTW") for each share of its common stock outstanding on December 22, 2000 to each of its shareholders on that date. In January 2002, Dime Savings Bank and Dime Bancorp merged into WMBFA and the Company. As a result of these mergers, we assumed the litigation against the government and the LTWs are now, when exercisable, exercisable for shares of our common stock. The events and conditions that would entitle a holder to exercise an LTW did not change as a result of these mergers and had not yet occurred as of December 31, 2004. For additional information

67



concerning the Dime goodwill litigation and the LTWs, see the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003, File No. 1-14667.

        In a series of decisions issued in 2002, the Court of Federal Claims granted our summary judgment motions as to contract liability with respect to the four acquisitions involving financial assistance, but granted the government's motions with respect to the four unassisted acquisitions. On September 29, 2003, the Court denied the government's motion for summary judgment with respect to the claim for the Company's lost profits, but granted the government's motion with respect to the Company's alternative claims for reliance damages and for the value of the lost supervisory goodwill. Trial on the lost profits claim is expected sometime in 2005.


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        For financial statements, see Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 72.


Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.


Other Information

        None.

68



PART III

        Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 are incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement issued in conjunction with our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 2005, except Item 12, "Equity Compensation Plans Information," which is disclosed below. Certain information regarding our executive officers is set forth in "Business – Executive Officers."

Equity Compensation Plans Information

        The following table sets forth information regarding the Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and other rights granted to employees, directors or consultants under all of the Company's existing equity compensation plans, as of December 31, 2004.

 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 
Plan Category

  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

  Weighted-average
exercise price
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(in dollars)

  Number of securities
remaining available
for issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   36,551,925   $ 33.79   34,670,001 (2)(3)(4)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   6,969,516 (1)   36.48 (1) 3,575,806 (5)
   
       
 
  Total   43,521,441     34.22   38,245,807  

(1)
Represents WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan grants approved by the Company's Board of Directors. Does not include stock options that were assumed in connection with the Company's acquisition of certain companies. The assumed options are for the purchase of 2,080,622 shares of Common Stock and have a weighted-average exercise price of $17.73 per share. In the event that any assumed option is not exercised, no further option to purchase shares of Common Stock will be issued in place of such unexercised option.
(2)
Includes 2,817,800 shares of Common Stock remaining available for purchase under the Company's Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 31,852,201 shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP").
(3)
The 2003 EIP provides that each of the Company's nonemployee directors may receive stock grants or awards at the recommendation of the Governance Committee. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plans."
(4)
Under the Company's 2003 EIP, the Company may grant restricted stock or stock units, including performance shares. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plans."
(5)
Includes shares cancelled and available for issuance under the WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans.

69


Non-Shareholder Approved Plans

    WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants have been made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." In 1997, the Board of Directors approved a plan under which eligible employees were granted nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, the Board adopted a new plan to grant additional nonqualified stock options to eligible employees ("1999 WAMU Shares"). On February 13, 2001, the Board adopted a third plan and granted nonqualified options to eligible employees ("2001 WAMU Shares"). On September 17, 2002, the Board amended the 2001 WAMU Shares Plan to provide for an additional grant of nonqualified options to eligible employees effective September 3, 2002. The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares Plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest one to three years after the award date and expire five to ten years from the award date.


PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
(1)   Financial Statements

        All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

(b)
Exhibits:

        The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index of Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages E-1 through E-6).

70



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 14, 2005.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

/s/  
KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2005.

/s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
DOUGLAS P. BEIGHLE       
Douglas P. Beighle
Director

 

/s/  
ROBERT H. MILES       
Robert H. Miles
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
ANNE V. FARRELL       
Anne V. Farrell
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM G. REED, JR.       
William G. Reed, Jr.
Director

/s/  
STEPHEN E. FRANK       
Stephen E. Frank
Director

 

/s/  
ELIZABETH A. SANDERS       
Elizabeth A. Sanders
Director

/s/  
PHILLIP D. MATTHEWS       
Phillip D. Matthews
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM D. SCHULTE       
William D. Schulte
Director

/s/  
MICHAEL K. MURPHY       
Michael K. Murphy
Director

 

/s/  
JAMES H. STEVER       
James H. Stever
Director

/s/  
MARGARET OSMER MCQUADE       
Margaret Osmer McQuade
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIS B. WOOD, JR.       
Willis B. Wood, Jr.
Director

/s/  
MARY E. PUGH       
Mary E. Pugh
Director

 

 

71


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting   73
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control   74
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   76
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002   77
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2004 and 2003   79
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002   80
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002   81
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   83
Supplementary Data (Unaudited)   147

72


Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements and all other information presented in this annual report. The Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on informed judgments and estimates made by Management.

        Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets and reliability of financial records. The Company's internal control structure contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

        There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets and reliability of financial records as of December 31, 2004. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets, described in "Internal Control – Integrated Framework," issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2004, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets and reliability of financial records.

        The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of the Company's management; it includes members with banking or related management experience, has access to its own outside counsel, and does not include any large customers of the Company. The Audit Committee is responsible for the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm. It meets periodically with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. In addition to reviewing the Company's financial reports, the Audit Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting and auditing procedures of the Company. The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee, with or without the presence of Management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit Committee.

        Management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Their report appears on page 74.

By:   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.
   

 

 

/s/  
THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

73


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Washington Mutual, Inc.

We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management's assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria

74



established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, and our report dated March 7, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.


 

 

 

GRAPHIC    

Seattle, Washington
March 7, 2005

75


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Washington Mutual, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 7, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


 

 

 

GRAPHIC    

Seattle, Washington
March 7, 2005

76



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

 
Interest Income                    
  Loans held for sale   $ 1,472   $ 2,501   $ 1,921  
  Loans held in portfolio     8,825     7,668     8,671  
  Available-for-sale securities     764     1,738     2,951  
  Trading securities     151     84     39  
  Other interest and dividend income     138     172     273  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     11,350     12,163     13,855  
Interest Expense                    
  Deposits     2,043     2,165     2,661  
  Borrowings     2,191     2,369     3,065  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     4,234     4,534     5,726  
   
 
 
 
      Net interest income     7,116     7,629     8,129  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     209     42     404  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses     6,907     7,587     7,725  
Noninterest Income                    
  Home loan mortgage banking income (expense):                    
    Loan servicing fees     1,950     2,273     2,237  
    Amortization of mortgage servicing rights     (2,521 )   (3,269 )   (2,616 )
    Net mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments     (235 )   712     (3,219 )
    Revaluation gain from derivatives     1,011     338     2,517  
    Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     538     543     382  
    Gain from mortgage loans     649     1,250     1,375  
    Other home loan mortgage banking income (expense), net     (5 )   127     31  
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan mortgage banking income     1,387     1,974     707  
  Depositor and other retail banking fees     1,999     1,818     1,634  
  Securities fees and commissions     426     395     362  
  Insurance income     226     188     155  
  Portfolio loan related income     401     439     349  
  Trading securities income     89     116     156  
  Gain from other available-for-sale securities     50     676     768  
  Gain (loss) on extinguishment of borrowings     (237 )   (129 )   282  
  Other income     271     373     56  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     4,612     5,850     4,469  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     3,428     3,304     2,813  
  Occupancy and equipment     1,659     1,592     1,136  
  Telecommunications and outsourced information services     479     554     507  
  Depositor and other retail banking losses     195     154     179  
  Advertising and promotion     276     278     234  
  Professional fees     158     267     201  
  Other expense     1,340     1,259     1,118  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     7,535     7,408     6,188  
   
 
 
 
      Income from continuing operations before income taxes     3,984     6,029     6,006  
      Income taxes     1,505     2,236     2,217  
   
 
 
 
        Income from continuing operations, net of taxes     2,479     3,793     3,789  

(This table is continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

77



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

(This table is continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

Discontinued Operations                  
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes     (32 )   137     113
  Gain on disposition of discontinued operations     676        
  Income taxes     245     50     41
   
 
 
    Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     399     87     72
   
 
 
Net Income   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,861
   
 
 
Net Income Attributable to Common Stock   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,856
   
 
 

Basic earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income from continuing operations   $ 2.88   $ 4.20   $ 4.01
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.46     0.09     0.08
   
 
 
    Net Income     3.34     4.29     4.09

Diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income from continuing operations   $ 2.81   $ 4.12   $ 3.94
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.45     0.09     0.08
   
 
 
    Net Income     3.26     4.21     4.02

Dividends declared per common share

 

 

1.74

 

 

1.40

 

 

1.06
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     862,215     903,666     943,905
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     884,050     921,757     960,152

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

78



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,455   $ 7,018  
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     82     19  
  Trading securities     5,588     1,381  
  Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $19,047 and $36,858:              
    Mortgage-backed securities (including assets pledged of $5,716 and $3,642)     14,923     10,695  
    Investment securities (including assets pledged of $3,344 and $19,353)     4,296     26,012  
   
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities     19,219     36,707  
  Loans held for sale     42,743     20,837  
  Loans held in portfolio     207,071     175,150  
  Allowance for loan and lease losses     (1,301 )   (1,250 )
   
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     205,770     173,900  
  Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     4,059     3,462  
  Mortgage servicing rights     5,906     6,354  
  Goodwill     6,196     6,196  
  Assets of discontinued operations         4,184  
  Other assets     13,900     15,120  
   
 
 
      Total assets   $ 307,918   $ 275,178  
   
 
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deposits:              
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 32,780   $ 29,968  
    Interest-bearing deposits     140,878     123,213  
   
 
 
      Total deposits     173,658     153,181  
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     4,045     2,011  
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     15,944     28,333  
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     70,074     48,330  
  Other borrowings     18,498     15,483  
  Liabilities of discontinued operations         3,578  
  Other liabilities     4,473     4,520  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities     286,692     255,436  
Stockholders' Equity              
  Common stock, no par value: 1,600,000,000 shares authorized, 874,261,898 and 880,985,764 shares issued and outstanding          
  Capital surplus – common stock     3,350     3,682  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (76 )   (524 )
  Retained earnings     17,952     16,584  
   
 
 
      Total stockholders' equity     21,226     19,742  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 307,918   $ 275,178  
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

79



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Number
of
Shares

  Capital
Surplus –
Common
Stock

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Retained
Earnings

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
BALANCE, December 31, 2001   873.1   $ 3,178   $ (243 ) $ 11,090   $ 14,025  
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2002               3,861     3,861  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           1,123         1,123  
    Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments           (703 )       (703 )
    Minimum pension liability adjustment           (2 )       (2 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           4,279  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (1,021 )   (1,021 )
Cash dividends declared on redeemable preferred stock               (5 )   (5 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (38.0 )   (1,303 )           (1,303 )
Common stock issued for acquisitions   96.4     3,672             3,672  
Fair value of Dime stock options.       90             90  
Common stock issued to redeem preferred stock   4.3     102             102  
Common stock issued   8.2     222             222  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2002   944.0     5,961     175     13,925     20,061  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2003               3,880     3,880  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           (965 )       (965 )
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments           270         270  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment           (4 )       (4 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           3,181  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (1,274 )   (1,274 )
Cash dividends returned (1)               53     53  
Common stock repurchased and retired   (65.9 )   (2,699 )           (2,699 )
Common stock returned from escrow   (12.0 )                
Common stock issued   14.9     420             420  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2003   881.0     3,682     (524 )   16,584     19,742  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income – 2004               2,878     2,878  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                              
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments           198         198  
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments           256         256  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment           (6 )       (6 )
                         
 
Total comprehensive income                           3,326  
Cash dividends declared on common stock               (1,510 )   (1,510 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (16.1 )   (712 )           (712 )
Common stock issued   9.4     380             380  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2004   874.3   $ 3,350   $ (76 ) $ 17,952   $ 21,226  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents accumulated dividends on shares returned from escrow.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

80



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
  Net income   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,861  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     (399 )   (87 )   (72 )
   
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations     2,479     3,793     3,789  
  Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:                    
    Provision for loan and lease losses     209     42     404  
    Gain from mortgage loans     (649 )   (1,250 )   (1,375 )
    Gain from available-for-sale securities     (52 )   (996 )   (802 )
    Revaluation gain from derivatives     (1,011 )   (338 )   (2,517 )
    Loss (gain) on extinguishment of borrowings     237     129     (282 )
    Depreciation and amortization     3,169     3,864     3,197  
    Provision for mortgage servicing rights impairment (reversal)     466     (712 )   3,219  
    Stock dividends from Federal Home Loan Banks     (40 )   (113 )   (191 )
    Origination and purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments     (148,332 )   (315,106 )   (228,199 )
    Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale     127,429     323,570     220,856  
    Net increase in trading securities     (4,176 )   (1,045 )   (184 )
    Decrease (increase) in other assets     1,635     275     (511 )
    (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (1,060 )   (1,038 )   2,457  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash (used) provided by operating activities     (19,696 )   11,075     (139 )
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of securities     (5,586 )   (41,052 )   (54,197 )
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of mortgage-backed securities     2,149     12,740     8,929  
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of other available-for-sale securities     22,151     28,425     65,811  
  Principal payments on securities     3,306     9,422     9,056  
  Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     (1,742 )   (336 )   (4 )
  Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     1,185     719     798  
  Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights         638     997  
  Origination and purchases of loans held in portfolio     (120,012 )   (114,828 )   (76,777 )
  Principal payments on loans held in portfolio     80,685     83,815     66,098  
  Proceeds from sales of loans held in portfolio     844     1,429      
  Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets     453     479     333  
  Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     (63 )   1,996     466  
  Net cash used for acquisitions             (3,185 )
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (585 )   (1,053 )   (1,030 )
  Proceeds from sale of real estate held for investment         149      
  Purchases of bank-owned life insurance             (600 )
  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash sold     1,223          
   
 
 
 
      Net cash (used) provided by investing activities     (15,992 )   (17,457 )   16,695  

(The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

81



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  Increase (decrease) increase in deposits     20,477     (2,335 )   33,400  
  (Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings     (4,530 )   17,440     (17,058 )
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     5,664     10,761     34,672  
  Repayments of long-term borrowings     (8,234 )   (13,087 )   (44,184 )
  Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     89,837     91,973     35,827  
  Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (68,177 )   (94,885 )   (53,458 )
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,510 )   (1,274 )   (1,026 )
  Cash dividends returned         68      
  Repurchase of common stock     (712 )   (2,699 )   (1,303 )
  Other     310     354     200  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities     33,125     6,316     (12,930 )
   
 
 
 
    (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (2,563 )   (66 )   3,626  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     7,018     7,084     3,458  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 4,455   $ 7,018   $ 7,084  
   
 
 
 
Noncash Activities                    
  Loans exchanged for mortgage-backed securities   $ 4,712   $ 2,854   $ 12,274  
  Real estate acquired through foreclosure     408     479     447  

Cash Paid During the Year For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest on deposits     1,991     2,193     2,660  
  Interest on borrowings     2,186     2,427     2,960  
  Income taxes     2,593     2,829     3,201  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

82



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual" or the "Company") is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small businesses. The Company accepts deposits from the general public, originates, purchases, services and sells home loans, makes consumer, home equity and commercial real estate loans (primarily loans secured by multi-family properties), and, to a lesser extent, engages in certain commercial banking activities such as providing credit facilities and cash management and deposit services. The Company originates, purchases from correspondents, sells and services loans to subprime borrowers through its specialty mortgage finance operations. The Company also markets annuities and other insurance products, offers securities brokerage services and acts as the investment advisor to, and the distributor of, mutual funds.

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Washington Mutual, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries as well as those entities which are considered to be variable interest entities and for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Investments in unconsolidated entities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting (e.g., if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investee and we hold more than 20% of the investee's voting common stock). Investments not meeting the criteria for equity method accounting are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated entities are included in other assets, and our share of income or loss is recorded in other noninterest income. Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2003 and 2002 Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the 2004 presentation. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For the purpose of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments and commercial paper with an initial maturity of three months or less.

    Available-for-Sale Securities

        Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are considered to be available-for-sale and are reported at their fair value, with unrealized gains and losses calculated using the specific identification method, and reported, net of applicable taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are recorded in noninterest income. Securities are classified as held to maturity only if the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Generally, securities are classified as trading securities if they are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, thus held for only a short period of time.

        The Company monitors its available-for-sale investment portfolio for impairment. The Company considers many factors in determining whether the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, including but not limited to the length of time the security has had a market value less than the cost basis, the severity of the loss, the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time

83



sufficient for a recovery in value, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, external credit ratings and recent downgrades in such ratings. Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are recognized in the income statement as losses from other available-for-sale securities.

    Loans Held for Sale

        Loans held for sale include loans originated or purchased from correspondent lenders that the Company intends to sell in the secondary market. The Company enters into various interest rate contracts to manage interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or market value. For those loans that qualify for fair value hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("Statement") No. 133 (as amended), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , changes in the fair value of the loans are recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting change in fair value related to the hedging derivative.

    Loans Held in Portfolio

        Loans held in portfolio are recorded at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan costs or fees and any discounts received or premiums paid on purchased loans. Deferred costs or fees, discounts and premiums are amortized, using the interest method, over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments. As part of the Company's management of loans held in portfolio, the Company will occasionally transfer loans from held in portfolio to held for sale. Upon transfer, those loans are accounted for at the lower of cost or market value. If any part of a decline in value of the loans transferred is due to credit deterioration, that decline is recorded as a writedown of the loan's carrying value through the allowance for loan and lease losses.

    Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the Company's loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. The estimation of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of the Company's borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect the borrowers' ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans and general economic conditions. The allowance provides for incurred losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio. Losses are recognized when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

        In determining the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Company allocates a portion of the allowance to its various loan product categories based on an analysis of individual loans and pools of loans. However, the entire allowance (both the allocated component and the portion that remains unallocated) is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

        The allocated allowance for homogeneous loans (such as home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and purchased subprime loans) is determined using statistical forecasting models that estimate default and loss outcomes based on an evaluation of past performance of loans in the Company's portfolio and other factors as well as industry historical loan loss data.

        Non-homogeneous loans (such as multi-family and non-residential real estate loans) are individually reviewed and assigned a risk grade. The loans are then categorized by their risk grade into pools with each pool having a pre-assigned loss factor commensurate with the applicable level of estimated risk. Loss factors are then multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of loans in each pool to determine the allocated allowance applicable to that pool.

84



        The Company also evaluates certain loans on an individual basis for impairment (as defined by Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ) and records an allowance for impaired loans as appropriate. Such loans are excluded from other loan loss analyses so as to avoid double counting the loss exposure.

        The unallocated component of the allowance reflects management's assessment of various risk factors that are not adequately reflected in the models used to determine the allocated component of the allowance. These factors include general economic and business conditions specific to the key lending products and markets of the Company, credit quality and collateral value trends, loan concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and the impact of new product initiatives and other such variables for which recent historical data do not provide a high level of precision for risk evaluation.

        When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The existence of some or all of the following conditions will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability to bring the loan current; the borrower has insufficient assets to repay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no prospect for improvement.

        Consumer loans are entirely charged off when they are determined to be uncollectible or when they reach a predetermined number of days past due, depending upon the loan product type. Home loans secured by real estate, including home equity loans and lines of credit, are written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral (less projected cost to sell) when they are 180 days past due.

    Impaired Loans

        Loans, other than those included in homogeneous portfolios, are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts past due, including interest payments. For loans that are determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured by a discounted cash flow analysis, using the loan's effective interest rate, except when it is determined that the only source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral. In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by estimated disposal costs, will be used in place of discounted cash flows. In estimating the fair value of collateral, the Company evaluates various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in the relevant real estate markets.

    Nonaccrual Loans

        Loans for which interest is not being accrued are referred to as loans on nonaccrual status. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days past due. Additionally, loans in non-homogeneous portfolios, such as commercial real estate loans, are placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due when payment in full of principal or interest is not expected. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest accrued, but not collected, is reversed.

        Loans in homogeneous portfolios are returned to accrual status when the borrower brings the loan to less than 30 days past due. Additionally, loans in the non-homogeneous portfolio are returned to accrual status when, in management's opinion, projected cash proceeds are sufficient to repay both principal and interest.

    Restructured Loans

        In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured (accruing) loan.

85



Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified are not considered to be impaired loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring.

        Generally, restructured loans in the non-homogeneous portfolios remain on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower will be able to comply with the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

    Foreclosed Assets

        Foreclosed assets are accounted for at the lower of fair value (less estimated costs to sell) or cost. The amount the Company ultimately recovers from foreclosed assets may differ substantially from the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond the Company's control or because of changes in the Company's strategy for sale of the property.

    Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks

        The Company's investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLBs") is carried at cost since it is not a readily marketable security.

    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage the various risks associated with certain assets, liabilities, or probable forecasted transactions. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative instrument is designated as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge); (2) a hedge of the variability in expected future cash flows associated with an existing recognized asset or liability or a probable forecasted transaction (a "cash flow" hedge); or (3) held for other risk management purposes ("risk management derivatives").

        In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are recognized in earnings and offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, the changes in fair value will not offset and the difference is reflected in earnings.

        In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

        When applying the principles of fair value or cash flow hedge accounting as prescribed by Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , the Company uses standard statistical methods of correlation to determine if the results of the changes in value of the hedging derivative and the hedged item meet the Statement No. 133 criteria for a highly effective hedge accounting relationship.

        Risk management derivatives are used as economic hedges in which the Company either has not attempted to achieve, or has attempted but did not achieve, the highly effective hedge accounting standard under Statement No. 133. The changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives or gain (loss) from mortgage loans if the derivatives are home loan mortgage

86



banking related, or are recorded in other income for derivatives related to other types of asset/liability interest rate risk management.

        The Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy before initiating a hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge. For hedging relationships in which effectiveness is measured, the correlations between the hedging instruments and hedged items are assessed prior to and at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, which includes determining whether the hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued.

        The Company discontinues hedge accounting when (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer expected to be effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item; (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge; or (4) it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period.

        If the Company determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and therefore hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative (if retained) will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item no longer is adjusted for changes in fair value.

        When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings, and the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedging instrument is sold, terminated or de-designated as a hedge, the amount reported in accumulated other comprehensive income through the date of sale, termination, or de-designation will continue to be reported in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction impacts earnings.

        The Company occasionally enters into contracts that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the contract, the Company determines whether such an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. This is determined by assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract. Under Statement No. 133, an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative if the embedded derivative instrument is determined not to be clearly and closely related to the host contract, the host contract is not currently measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings and the embedded derivative instrument separately would qualify as a derivative instrument. As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, all of the Company's embedded derivatives were considered clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore were not required to be separated from their host contracts.

        When the Company securitizes loans, it may attach a derivative financial instrument to partly, but not excessively, counteract interest rate risk associated with those securities. It is the Company's general practice to sell its beneficial interests in such securities to parties other than itself, its affiliates, or its agents upon securitization and to forgo its rights, if any, to the cash flows that it is otherwise entitled to receive from the attached derivative.

        The Company enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). The Company also enters into commitments to purchase mortgage loans through its correspondent channel (purchase commitments). Both rate lock and purchase

87



commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. In addition, purchase commitments for mortgage loans that will be held for investment purposes generally qualify as derivatives. Rate lock and purchase commitments that are considered to be derivatives are recorded, at fair value, in other assets or other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, with changes in fair value recorded in gain from mortgage loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount of the expected servicing rights is not included when determining the fair value of interest rate lock commitments that are derivatives. Both rate lock and purchase commitments expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages that risk by entering into various interest rate derivative contracts. The changes in fair value of these contracts are reported in gain from mortgage loans.

    Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

        Washington Mutual securitizes, sells and services interests in residential home loans and commercial real estate loans. When the Company sells or securitizes loans, it generally retains the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, or other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. Gain on sale of the assets depends, in part, on the Company's allocation of the previous carrying amount of the assets to the retained interests. Previous carrying amounts are allocated in proportion to the relative fair values of the assets sold and the interests retained.

        Quoted market prices, if available, are used to obtain fair values of senior, subordinated and residual interests. Generally, quoted market prices for subordinated and residual interests are not available; therefore, the Company estimates the fair values based upon the present value of the associated expected future cash flows. In determining the fair value of subordinated and residual interests, management is required to make assumptions about future prepayment rates, discount rates, expected credit losses, and other factors that impact the value of retained interests. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

        The fair value of mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") is determined by reference to internally developed estimates of fair value primarily based on the following characteristics:

        The Company records MSR when the expected future cash flows from servicing are projected to be more than adequate compensation for such services. Adequate compensation refers to the condition that exists when a mortgage servicer is able to make a level of profit that is considered reasonable by secondary market participants. The projected cash flows that exceed this adequate compensation level are capitalized as MSR.

        In evaluating for impairment, the Company stratifies its MSR based on the predominant characteristics of the underlying financial assets. The effect of changes in market interest rates on estimated rates of loan prepayments is the predominant risk characteristic of the MSR. The Company has determined that three interest rate bands are adequate to create strata of loans that will have similar prepayment characteristics. Loans are also grouped according to other characteristics such as whether they have fixed or adjustable rates, whether they have been securitized through government-sponsored enterprises or in private transactions and whether or not they are loans to subprime borrowers, as discount rates, costs to service, and other important valuation factors differ according to those features.

88



        The following is a summary of the MSR strata used by the Company:

Loan Type

  Rate Band

Adjustable   All loans
Government-sponsored enterprises   6.00% and below
Government-sponsored enterprises   6.01% to 7.49%
Government-sponsored enterprises   7.50% and above
Government   6.00% and below
Government   6.01% to 7.49%
Government   7.50% and above
Private   6.00% and below
Private   6.01% to 7.49%
Private   7.50% and above
Master servicing   All loans
Subprime   All loans
Multi-family   All loans

        The Company began applying fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, as of April 1, 2004 to most of its MSR. Applying fair value hedge accounting to the MSR allows for the changes in fair value of the hedging derivatives to be netted against the changes in fair value of the hedged MSR, to the extent the hedge relationship is determined to be highly effective. The portion of the MSR in which the hedging relationship is determined not to be highly effective, as well as the portion in which the Company did not attempt to achieve fair value hedge accounting treatment, is accounted for at the lower of cost or market value. Under lower of cost or market value accounting, impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each individual stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted for impairment to reflect the amount, if any, by which the cost basis of the MSR for a given stratum exceeds its fair value. Unlike fair value hedge accounting, any fair value in excess of the cost basis of MSR for a given stratum is not recognized. Ineffectiveness from fair value hedge accounting adjustments applied to the MSR as well as any provision for impairment or reversal of such provision recognized on the MSR that are accounted for at the lower of cost or market value are reported as mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

        The Company records an other-than-temporary impairment of the MSR for any loss in value that is not expected to recover in the foreseeable future. The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment is determined by selecting an appropriate interest rate shock to estimate the amount of MSR fair value that might be expected to recover in the foreseeable future. To the extent that the gross carrying value of the MSR exceeds the estimated recoverable amount, that portion of the gross carrying value of MSR and the related portion of valuation reserve would be written off as other-than-temporary impairment.

        Because quoted market prices from active markets are not readily available, a present value cash flow model is used to estimate the value that the MSR could be sold for in the open market as of the valuation date. The most important assumptions used in the MSR valuation model are the anticipated rate of loan prepayments and discount rates. Other assumptions such as the cost to service the underlying loans, foreclosure costs and ancillary income are also used in determining the value of the MSR.

        All assumptions are based on standards used by market participants in valuing MSR. The reasonableness of these assumptions is evaluated through quarterly independent broker surveys. Independent appraisals of the fair value of our servicing portfolio are obtained periodically, but not less frequently than quarterly, and are used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value estimates.

89



    Premises and Equipment

        Buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at amortized cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful life of newly constructed buildings is 40 years and the lives of new assets that are added to existing buildings are based on the remaining life of the original building. The estimated useful life for equipment is 3-10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or lease terms. The Company reviews buildings, leasehold improvements, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances in the business activities related to these assets indicate that such activities may not generate enough income to recover the asset's carrying value. Impairment is measured by the amount of which the carrying value exceeds its fair value.

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. Other intangible assets include core deposit intangibles and other finite-life intangible assets; these assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 7-10 years. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually or more frequently if the presence of certain circumstances indicates that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing is also performed periodically on amortizing intangible assets. Other intangible assets are classified as other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

    Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities ("repurchase agreements"). Under these arrangements, the Company transfers legal control over the assets but still retains effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition while the securities underlying the agreements remain in the respective asset accounts. These securities are classified as pledged.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        In accordance with the transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 , the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. For such awards, fair value is estimated using a modified Black-Scholes model, with compensation expense recognized in earnings over the required service period. Stock-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2003, and not modified after December 31, 2002, will continue to be accounted for under Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The pro forma presentation of what the impact to the consolidated financial statements would be if these awards were accounted for on the fair value basis will continue to be disclosed in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements until the last of those awards vest in 2005.

        Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined using the fair value method consistent with Statement No. 123 for all periods presented, the Company's net income

90



attributable to common stock and net income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)

 
Net income attributable to common stock   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,856  
Add back: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     68     56     28  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (113 )   (127 )   (87 )
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net income attributable to common stock   $ 2,833   $ 3,809   $ 3,797  
   
 
 
 
Net income per common share:                    
Basic:                    
  As reported   $ 3.34   $ 4.29   $ 4.09  
  Pro forma     3.29     4.21     4.03  
Diluted:                    
  As reported     3.26     4.21     4.02  
  Pro forma     3.21     4.13     3.96  

    Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company's income tax returns. The comprehensive deferred tax provision for the year is equal to the change in the deferred tax asset or liability from the beginning to the end of the year. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the tax provision in the period that the change is enacted.

        For tax reporting purposes, the Company reports income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting and files a consolidated tax return on that basis as well. The Company's federal tax filings generally include all subsidiaries.

    Earnings Per Share

        Earnings per share are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options.

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 03-3 ("SOP 03-3"), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer . SOP 03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to be collected from purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality. SOP 03-3 does not permit the carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the cash flows expected to be collected. To the extent that the purchased loans experience subsequent deterioration in

91



credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received. However, if more cash flows subsequently are expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004. The Company does not expect the adoption of SOP 03-3 to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets . Statement No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. It eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. The Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005, and is not expected to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued a revised version of the original Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment , supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. This Statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. This Statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees, except for equity instruments held by employee stock ownership plans. Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2002. The Company is still in the process of evaluating the impact of Statement No. 123R which will be prospectively applied as of July 1, 2005. However, as the Company has already adopted Statement No. 148 and stock-based awards generally vest at the end of a three-year period, only those awards issued during 2002 that have not yet vested will be affected by Statement No. 123R. As such, the Company does not expect this Statement to have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Note 2: Discontinued Operations

        During the first quarter of 2004 the Company sold its consumer finance subsidiary, Washington Mutual Finance Corporation. Accordingly, Washington Mutual Finance has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and the results of operations and cash flows have been removed from the Company's results of continuing operations for all periods presented on the Consolidated Statements of Income, Cash Flows and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, unless otherwise noted. Likewise, the assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance are presented under separate captions on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The results from discontinued operations in 2004 amounted to $399 million net of tax, which includes a pretax gain of $676 million ($420 million, net of tax) that was recorded upon the sale of Washington Mutual Finance.

92



        Results of operations for Washington Mutual Finance, excluding the gain recognized upon its sale, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Net interest income   $   $ 433   $ 405
Provision for loan and lease losses         153     191
Noninterest income         24     63
Noninterest expense     32     167     164
Income tax expense (benefit)     (11 )   50     41
   
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (21 ) $ 87   $ 72
   
 
 

        Assets and liabilities of Washington Mutual Finance at December 31, 2003 have been reclassified to assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, as follows:

 
  December 31,
2003

 
  (in millions)

Assets      
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 64
  Available-for-sale investment securities     130
  Loans held in portfolio, net     3,847
  Goodwill     57
  Other assets     86
   
    Total assets   $ 4,184
   
Liabilities      
  Commercial paper   $ 1,067
  Other borrowings     2,431
  Other liabilities     80
   
    Total liabilities   $ 3,578
   

Note 3: Business Combinations

        The business combinations consummated by Washington Mutual, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries (the "Company"), during 2002 have been accounted for using the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was first allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the transaction, with the excess purchase price over the fair values recorded as goodwill. Results of operations for the business combinations are included from the date of acquisition.

        On January 4, 2002, the Company acquired by merger Dime Bancorp, Inc. for a total purchase price of approximately $5.3 billion, which included approximately $1.5 billion in cash, approximately 96.4 million shares of common stock valued at $37.74 per share, the conversion of 111 million Dime Litigation Tracking Warrants™, valued at $0.33 per warrant, into the contingent right to receive the Company's common stock, and the conversion of Dime stock options, valued at approximately $90 million, into options to purchase the Company's common stock. With this acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $16 billion in loans held in portfolio, $6 billion in loans held for sale, $1 billion in MSR and $15 billion in deposits. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of approximately $4 billion.

93



        In two transactions during 2002, the Company purchased for cash HomeSide Lending, Inc., the U.S. mortgage unit of National Australia Bank Limited. The aggregate purchase price of HomeSide was $2.45 billion. The acquisition of HomeSide added approximately $1 billion in loans held for sale, approximately $960 million in net MSR and approximately $130 billion to the Company's portfolio of loans serviced for others. The Company also acquired a proprietary loan servicing platform. In addition, the Company assumed $760 million in long-term debt and $750 million in other liabilities.

Note 4: Securities

        The amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of securities as of the dates indicated were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government   $ 149   $   $ (1 ) $ 148
  Agency     12,938     133     (24 )   13,047
  Private issue     1,702     27     (1 )   1,728
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     14,789     160     (26 )   14,923
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     994         (18 )   976
  Agency     2,796     36     (4 )   2,828
  Other debt securities     373     18         391
  Equity securities     95     7     (1 )   101
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     4,258     61     (23 )   4,296
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 19,047   $ 221   $ (49 ) $ 19,219
   
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2003
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
   
  (in millions)

   
Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government   $ 117   $   $   $ 117
  Agency     8,570     140     (26 )   8,684
  Private issue     1,849     46     (1 )   1,894
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     10,536     186     (27 )   10,695
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     18,950         (294 )   18,656
  Agency     7,000     5     (46 )   6,959
  Other debt securities     247     17     (2 )   262
  Equity securities     125     11     (1 )   135
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     26,322     33     (343 )   26,012
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 36,858   $ 219   $ (370 ) $ 36,707
   
 
 
 

94


 
  December 31, 2002
 
  Amortized
Cost

  Unrealized
Gains

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government   $ 4   $   $   $ 4
  Agency     19,645     583     (5 )   20,223
  Private issue     7,940     216     (8 )   8,148
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     27,589     799     (13 )   28,375
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     4,499     169     (4 )   4,664
  Agency     10,047     411         10,458
  Other debt securities     259     14         273
  Equity securities     134     3     (2 )   135
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     14,939     597     (6 )   15,530
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 42,528   $ 1,396   $ (19 ) $ 43,905
   
 
 
 

        The unrealized losses and fair value of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 12 months or greater were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or greater
  Total
 
  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

  Unrealized
Losses

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                                    
Mortgage-backed securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ (25 ) $ 5,275   $   $   $ (25 ) $ 5,275
  Private issue     (1 )   782     (1)   5     (1 )   787
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     (26 )   6,057         5     (26 )   6,062
Investment securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     (22 )   1,505             (22 )   1,505
  Other debt securities         46                 46
  Equity securities     (1 )   4             (1 )   4
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total investment securities securities     (23 )   1,555             (23 )   1,555
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ (49 ) $ 7,612   $   $ 5   $ (49 ) $ 7,617
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Amount of unrealized loss rounds to zero.

        The realized gross gains and losses of securities as of the dates indicated were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Available-for-sale securities                    
Realized gross gains   $ 251   $ 1,171   $ 1,424  
Realized gross losses     (199 )   (175 )   (622 )
   
 
 
 
  Realized net gain   $ 52   $ 996   $ 802  
   
 
 
 

95


        Fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Total
Amount

  Yield (1)
  Due
Within
One
Year

  Yield (1)
  After
One But
Within
Five Years

  Yield (1)
  After
Five But
Within
Ten Years

  Yield (1)
  After
Ten
Years

  Yield (1)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Available-for-sale debt securities                                                    
Mortgage-backed securities (2) :                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 13,195   4.01 % $ 40   4.48 % $ 30   3.94 % $ 14   5.29 % $ 13,111   4.01 %
  Private issue     1,728   4.14           2   2.23     17   2.03     1,709   4.16  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total mortgage-backed securities     14,923   4.03     40   4.48     32   3.83     31   3.65     14,820   4.03  
Investment securities:                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     3,804   4.81     26   1.63     915   5.18     2,863   4.72        
  Other debt securities     391   5.71     2   5.45     23   4.65     102   4.95     264   6.12  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total investment securities     4,195   4.89     28   1.90     938   5.17     2,965   4.72     264   6.12  
   
     
     
     
     
     
      Total fair value of debt securities   $ 19,118   4.22   $ 68   3.42   $ 970   5.12   $ 2,996   4.71   $ 15,084   4.06  
   
     
     
     
     
     

(1)
Weighted average yield at end of year is based on the amortized cost of the securities. The weighted average yield excludes principal-only strips.
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities were allocated based on contractual principal maturities assuming no prepayments.

        At December 31, 2004 the Company had pledged available-for-sale securities having a fair value of $9.06 billion and an amortized cost of $9.00 billion, which are subject to certain agreements that may allow the secured party to either sell or rehypothecate the securities. In addition, the Company pledged securities with a fair value of $1.22 billion and an amortized cost of $1.20 billion under agreements whereby the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the securities. At December 31, 2004, the Company has accepted as collateral, with rights to repledge, securities with a fair value of $139 million.

        At December 31, 2004, there were no securities of any single issuer, other than agency securities, which exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.

96


Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

        Loans held in portfolio consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Loans secured by real estate:            
  Home   $ 109,991   $ 100,043
  Purchased subprime     19,143     12,973
   
 
    Total home loans     129,134     113,016
  Home equity loans and lines of credit     43,650     27,647
  Home construction (1)     2,344     2,220
  Multi-family (2)     22,282     20,324
  Other real estate (3)     5,664     6,649
   
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     203,074     169,856
Consumer     792     1,028
Commercial business     3,205     4,266
   
 
    Total loans held in portfolio (4)   $ 207,071   $ 175,150
   
 

(1)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(2)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $333 million in 2004 and $325 million in 2003.
(3)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $277 million in 2004 and $382 million in 2003.
(4)
Includes net unamortized deferred loan origination costs of $1.25 billion at December 31, 2004 and $1.01 billion at December 31, 2003.

        The recorded investment in impaired loans and the related allowance were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

With allowances   $ 55   $ 107
Without allowances     601     758
   
 
    $ 656   $ 865
   
 
Allowance for impaired loans   $ 16   $ 16

        The average balance of impaired loans and the related interest income recognized were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Average balance of impaired loans   $ 820   $ 1,193   $ 1,248
Interest income recognized     35     57     67

        Loans totaling $111.10 billion and $79.44 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs.

97


        Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,250   $ 1,503   $ 1,278  
Allowance acquired through business combinations             148  
Other     (23 )   14     (79 )
Provision for loan and lease losses (1)     209     42     404  
   
 
 
 
      1,436     1,559     1,751  
Loans charged off:                    
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home     (39 )   (65 )   (52 )
    Purchased subprime     (39 )   (39 )   (33 )
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan charge-offs     (78 )   (104 )   (85 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     (22 )   (14 )   (14 )
    Home construction (2)     (1 )   (2 )   (1 )
    Multi-family     (2 )   (5 )   (1 )
    Other real estate     (11 )   (97 )   (60 )
   
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (114 )   (222 )   (161 )
  Consumer     (53 )   (69 )   (70 )
  Commercial business     (21 )   (79 )   (73 )
   
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (188 )   (370 )   (304 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                    
  Loans secured by real estate:                    
    Home         10     2  
    Purchased subprime     3     3      
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan recoveries     3     13     2  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit     4     1     1  
    Multi-family     3     1     1  
    Other real estate     10     17     12  
   
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     20     32     16  
  Consumer     19     15     13  
  Commercial business     14     14     27  
   
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     53     61     56  
   
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (135 )   (309 )   (248 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,301   $ 1,250   $ 1,503  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes a $202 million reversal of provision for loan and lease losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003.
(2)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        The total amount of loans held in portfolio which were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest was $85 million and $46 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        The total amount of nonaccrual loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $1.53 billion and $1.63 billion. The total amount of nonaccrual loans held for sale at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $76 million and $66 million.

98



Note 6: Mortgage Banking Activities

    Securitization of Assets

        During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company sold mortgage loans and retained servicing responsibilities as well as senior and subordinated interest. During 2003 and 2002, the Company sold servicing rights in securitization transactions. The Company receives annual servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loans being serviced and also the right to cash flows remaining after the investors in the securitization trusts have received their contractual payments. The allocated carrying values of loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $92.23 billion, $252.39 billion and $165.02 billion. Investors and securitization trusts have recourse of $1.37 billion, $1.66 billion and $501 million to the Company for loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The Company realized pretax gains of $734 million, $2.32 billion and $1.57 billion on these securitizations for 2004, 2003 and 2002. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company sold $774 million, $9.00 billion and $516 million allocated carrying value of loans securitized in prior years and recorded pretax gains of $28 million, $272 million and $6 million from these sales.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of retained interests (excluding MSR) resulting from securitizations completed during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and accounted for as sales at the date of securitization, were as follows (rates are per annum and are weighted based on the principal amounts securitized):

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
Year Ended December 31, 2004          
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   17.43 %  
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)   5.6    
  Discount rate (2)   4.90 %  
Year Ended December 31, 2003 (3)          
  Constant prepayment rate (1)      
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)      
  Discount rate (2)      
Year Ended December 31, 2002          
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   35.84 % 24.26 %
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)   5.3   3.3  
  Discount rate (2)   6.29 % 3.87 %

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.
(2)
Represents the return on U.S. Treasury instruments of a particular duration plus an estimate of the incremental rate of return over those instruments demanded by investors taking into consideration the additional risks (e.g., credit or liquidity) associated with a particular security.
(3)
The Company did not acquire retained interests resulting from securitizations completed in 2003.

        Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. As of December 31, 2004, static pool losses for all privately issued securitization interests that were valued using specific credit loss assumptions were not material.

99



        At December 31, 2004, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests (excluding MSR) to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

  Privately
Issued

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of retained interests   $ 644   $ 885  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.1     2.7  

Constant prepayment rate (1)

 

 

30.49

%

 

29.85

%
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 6   $ (1 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     15     (1 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (6 )   2  
  Impact on fair value of 100% increase     (10 )   4  

Discount rate

 

 

4.30

%

 

3.12

%
  Impact on fair value of 10% decrease   $ 6   $ 7  
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease     13     18  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (17 )   (17 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (35 )   (33 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of all capitalized MSR created during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, from securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and loan sales with retained servicing, were as follows:

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
   
 
 
  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Government and
Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

   
   
 
 
  Privately
Issued

  Specialty
Home
Loans

 
 
  All Types
 
 
  (rates per annum)

 
Year Ended December 31, 2004                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   15.75 % 22.43 % 25.71 % 28.01 %
  Discount rate   8.56   9.64   9.78   19.72  
Year Ended December 31, 2003                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   18.64   29.46   30.66   38.39  
  Discount rate   8.34   9.23   9.53   19.41  
Year Ended December 31, 2002                  
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   14.75   26.00   28.25   40.00  
  Discount rate   9.00   10.25   11.50   14.25  

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

100


        At December 31, 2004, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans MSR to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

   
 
 
  Adjustable-Rate
Mortgage Loans

 
 
  Government and
Government-
Sponsored
Enterprise

   
 
 
  Privately
Issued

 
 
  All Types
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of home loan MSR   $ 3,902   $ 640   $ 1,098  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.7     3.7     3.2  
Constant prepayment rate (1)     19.60 %   20.97 %   28.91 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 756   $ 148   $ 254  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     1,812     357     637  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (565 )   (110 )   (182 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (1,002 )   (194 )   (320 )
Discounted cash flow rate     8.25 %   9.79 %   9.60 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% decrease   $ 264   $ 49   $ 61  
  Impact on fair value of 50% decrease     573     108     131  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     (227 )   (41 )   (53 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (426 )   (77 )   (100 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the table above demonstrates, the Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, the Company's determination of fair values uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on MSR fair value. Changes in fair value resulting from changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSR is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may be associated with changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments, but credit losses may increase), which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to "Market Risk Management" for discussion of how MSR prepayment risk is managed and to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how MSR impairment is measured.

101


        The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts, except as footnoted below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Proceeds from new securitization sales   $ 93,528   $ 263,978   $ 167,106  
Principal and interest received on retained interests     1,154     2,353     1,925  
Servicing fees received (1)     1,971     2,296     1,822  
Loan repurchases (1) (2)     (4,376 )   (8,014 )   (6,837 )

(1)
Amounts include cash received/paid related to all transfers of loans, including securitizations accounted for as sales, securitizations retained and whole loan sales.
(2)
During 2004, 2003 and 2002, loan repurchases include $3.42 billion $6.99 billion and $3.26 billion related to GNMA early buy out repurchases.

        The tables below present quantitative information about securitized financial assets and other assets managed together with them (excludes securitized assets that an entity continues to service but with which it has no other obligation) and includes the related total principal balance outstanding, delinquencies, which are those loans on nonaccrual status, and net credit losses.

 
  December 31, 2004
  Year Ended
December 31, 2004

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 195,068   $ 905   $ 41
Specialty home loans     18,876     1,123     230
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 213,944   $ 2,028   $ 271
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 26,216            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     183,217            
  Loans securitized and retained     4,511            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 213,944            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

102


 
  December 31, 2003
  Year Ended
December 31, 2003

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 150,083   $ 1,046   $ 246
Specialty home loans     18,642     1,503     146
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 168,725   $ 2,549   $ 392
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 19,916            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     138,962            
  Loans securitized and retained     9,847            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 168,725            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

 
  December 31, 2002
  Year Ended
December 31, 2002

 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance

  Principal Amount
of Loans on
Nonaccrual Status (1)

  Net
Credit Losses

 
  (in millions)

Mortgage loans   $ 162,225   $ 1,643   $ 142
Specialty home loans     13,105     1,034     61
   
 
 
    Total loans managed   $ 175,330   $ 2,677   $ 203
   
 
 
Consisting of:                  
  Loans sold, including securitizations   $ 21,957            
  Loans held for sale and held in portfolio     136,731            
  Loans securitized and retained     16,642            
   
           
    Total loans managed   $ 175,330            
   
           

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.

103


    Loan Servicing

        Home loan mortgage banking income consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Loan servicing income (expense):                    
  Loan servicing fees   $ 1,950   $ 2,273   $ 2,237  
  Amortization of MSR     (2,521 )   (3,269 )   (2,616 )
  MSR valuation adjustments:                    
    Statement No. 133 MSR accounting valuation adjustments     699          
    Statement No. 133 fair value hedging adjustments (1)     (468 )        
   
 
 
 
      MSR net ineffectiveness under Statement No. 133     231          
    MSR lower of cost or market adjustment     (466 )   712     (3,219 )
   
 
 
 
      Net MSR valuation adjustments     (235 )   712     (3,219 )
  Other, net (2)     (279 )   (592 )   (271 )
   
 
 
 
      Net loan servicing expense     (1,085 )   (876 )   (3,869 )
  Revaluation gain from derivatives     1,011     338     2,517  
  Net settlement income from certain interest-rate swaps     538     543     382  
  Gain from mortgage loans     649     1,250     1,375  
  Loan related income     272     399     268  
  Gain from sale of originated mortgage-backed securities     2     320     34  
   
 
 
 
      Total home loan mortgage banking income   $ 1,387   $ 1,974   $ 707  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Represents changes in fair value of derivatives designated as MSR fair value hedges.
(2)
Includes loan pool expenses, which represent the shortfall of what is remitted to investors compared to what is collected from the borrowers.

        Changes in the balance of MSR, net of the valuation allowance, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 6,354   $ 5,341   $ 6,241  
  Home loans:                    
    Additions through acquisitions             1,888  
    Other additions     1,834     4,203     4,031  
    Amortization     (2,521 )   (3,269 )   (2,616 )
    (Impairment) reversal     (466 )   712     (3,219 )
    Statement No. 133 MSR accounting valuation adjustments     699          
    Sales         (638 )   (997 )
  Net change in commercial real estate MSR     6     5     13  
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year (1)   $ 5,906   $ 6,354   $ 5,341  
   
 
 
 

(1)
At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, aggregate MSR fair value was $5.91 billion, $6.39 billion and $5.38 billion.

104


        Changes in the valuation allowance for MSR were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 2,435   $ 4,521   $ 1,714  
  Impairment (reversal)     466     (712 )   3,219  
  Other-than-temporary impairment     (895 )   (1,115 )    
  Sales         (259 )   (412 )
  Other     (25 )        
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 1,981   $ 2,435   $ 4,521  
   
 
 
 

        At December 31, 2004, the expected weighted average life of the Company's MSR was 3.6 years. Projected amortization expense for the gross carrying value of MSR at December 31, 2004 is estimated to be as follows (in millions):

2005   $ 1,954  
2006     1,349  
2007     968  
2008     735  
2009     568  
After 2009     2,313  
   
 
Gross carrying value of MSR     7,887  
Less: valuation allowance     (1,981 )
   
 
  Net carrying value of MSR   $ 5,906  
   
 

        The projected amortization expense of MSR is an estimate and should be used with caution. The amortization expense for future periods was calculated by applying the same quantitative factors, such as projected MSR prepayment estimates and discount rates, as were used to determine amortization expense at the end of 2004. These factors are inherently subject to significant fluctuations, primarily due to the effect that changes in mortgage rates have on loan prepayment experience. Accordingly, any projection of MSR amortization in future periods is limited by the conditions that existed at the time the calculations were performed, and may not be indicative of actual amortization expense that will be recorded in future periods.

        Changes in the portfolio of loans serviced for others were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 582,669   $ 604,504  
  Home loans:              
    Additions     133,127     342,871  
    Sales         (3,155 )
    Loan payments and other     (178,010 )   (362,319 )
  Net change in commercial real estate loans serviced for others     2,606     768  
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 540,392   $ 582,669  
   
 
 

105


Note 7: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company performs an impairment assessment in the third quarter of each year or more frequently if circumstances necessitate. During the third quarter of 2004 and 2003, the Company performed its annual impairment test and concluded there was no impairment to the book value of the Company's goodwill. Absent any impairment indicators, the Company expects to perform its next impairment test during the third quarter of 2005.

        Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, by reporting unit were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
  Retail Banking
and Financial
Services Group

  Mortgage
Banking
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Balance at January 1, 2004   $ 3,799   $ 1,524   $ 873   $ 6,196
  Other     (4 )   4        
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2004   $ 3,795   $ 1,528   $ 873   $ 6,196
   
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  Retail Banking
and Financial
Services Group

  Mortgage
Banking
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance at January 1, 2003   $ 3,811   $ 1,528   $ 874   $ 6,213  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.     (12 )   (4 )   (1 )   (17 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   $ 3,799   $ 1,524   $ 873   $ 6,196  
   
 
 
 
 

        During the first quarter of 2003, the Company decreased goodwill associated with the Dime acquisition by $17 million due to a fair value adjustment of certain available-for-sale securities.

        At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company's core deposit intangible balances were $195 million and $251 million, net of accumulated amortization of $438 million and $382 million. The Company has no identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

        Amortization expense for the net carrying amount of the core deposit intangibles at December 31, 2004 is estimated to be approximately $50 million over each of the next four years.

106



Note 8: Other Assets

        Other assets consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Premises and equipment   $ 3,140   $ 3,286
Investment in bank-owned life insurance     2,678     2,582
Accrued interest receivable     1,428     1,558
Foreclosed assets     261     311
Other intangible assets     195     251
Derivatives     893     1,457
Accounts receivable     3,917     4,309
Other     1,388     1,366
   
 
  Total other assets   $ 13,900   $ 15,120
   
 

        Depreciation expense for 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $564 million, $492 million and $355 million.

        The Company leases various financial center offices, office facilities and equipment under capital and noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2036. Some leases contain escalation provisions for adjustments in the consumer price index and provide for renewal options for five- to ten-year periods. Rental expense, including amounts paid under month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $508 million, $458 million and $348 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

        Future minimum net rental commitments, including maintenance and other associated costs, for all noncancelable leases were as follows:

 
  Operating
Lease

  Capital
Lease

 
  Land
and
Buildings

  Furniture
and
Equipment

  Land
and
Buildings

 
  (in millions)

Year ending December 31,                  
  2005   $ 334   $ 117   $ 7
  2006     306     59     6
  2007     252     32     6
  2008     215     4     6
  2009     173         6
Thereafter     548         32
   
 
 
    Total   $ 1,828   $ 212   $ 63
   
 
 

        Certain operating leases contain escalation clauses, which correspond with increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses, and renewal options calling for increased rents as the leases are renewed. No restrictions are imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment of dividends, additional debt financing, or entering into further lease agreements.

107



Note 9: Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Checking deposits:            
  Noninterest bearing   $ 31,363   $ 27,906
  Interest bearing     51,265     68,318
   
 
    Total checking deposits     82,628     96,224
Savings deposits     28,035     11,029
Money market deposits     16,515     17,971
Time deposits:            
  Due within one year     35,634     18,474
  After one year but within two years     5,031     4,111
  After two but within three years     3,007     2,218
  After three but within four years     983     1,593
  After four but within five years     1,116     844
  After five years     709     717
   
 
    Total time deposits     46,480     27,957
   
 
      Total deposits   $ 173,658   $ 153,181
   
 

        Accrued but unpaid interest on deposits totaled $79 million and $27 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        Time deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $9.18 billion and $6.92 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2004, $2.03 billion of these deposits mature within three months, $1.95 billion mature in more than three but less than six months, $1.51 billion mature in more than six months but less than one year, and $3.69 billion mature after one year.

108


Note 10: Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Scheduled maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Due within 30 days   $ 8,702   $ 15,060
After 30 but within 90 days         1,469
After 90 but within 180 days     2,140    
After 180 days but within one year     2,710     250
After one year     2,392     11,554
   
 
  Total repurchase agreements   $ 15,944   $ 28,333
   
 

        Financial data pertaining to repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     2.36 %   1.23 %   2.13 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.26     2.44     2.31  
Average balance of repurchase agreements   $ 16,660   $ 22,318   $ 34,830  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     24,432     30,052     58,504  

        The total interest expense on repurchase agreements was $377 million, $545 million and $804 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

        At December 31, 2004 there were no interest rate derivative contracts embedded in repurchase agreements.

Note 11: Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

        As members of the Federal Home Loan Banks of San Francisco and/or Seattle, Washington Mutual Bank, FA ("WMBFA"), Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb") maintain credit lines that are percentages of their total regulatory assets, subject to collateralization requirements. Advances on these lines are collateralized in the aggregate by certain mortgages or deeds of trust, by securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies, and by all owned stock of the FHLBs. The maximum amount of credit, which the FHLBs will extend for purposes other than meeting withdrawals, varies from time to time in accordance with their policies. The interest rates charged by the FHLBs for advances vary depending on maturity and the cost of funds of the particular FHLB.

        On January 1, 2005, WMB merged into WMBFA, and all advances from the Seattle FHLB were assumed by WMBfsb, a subsidiary of WMBFA.

        Although the Company acquired advances from the FHLBs of Dallas and New York during its acquisitions of Bank United in 2001 and Dime Bancorp, Inc. in 2002, the Company does not have continuing borrowing privileges at these FHLBs.

109



        Scheduled maturities of advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

  Amount
  Ranges of
Interest Rates

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Due within one year   $ 37,083   1.15 – 7.45 % $ 37,017   1.08 – 8.65 %
After one but within two years     27,471   1.97 – 5.32     3,216   1.10 – 7.45  
After two but within three years     3,835   1.96 – 6.60     4,211   1.11 – 5.32  
After three but within four years     801   2.01 – 6.93     3,160   1.10 – 6.60  
After four but within five years     599   1.78 – 8.27     486   1.10 – 6.93  
After five years     285   2.80 – 8.57     240   2.80 – 8.57  
   
     
     
  Total advances from FHLBs   $ 70,074       $ 48,330      
   
     
     

        Financial data pertaining to advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     2.21 %   1.28 %   1.91 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     2.16     2.62     2.82  
Average balance of advances from FHLBs   $ 58,622   $ 49,441   $ 59,369  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     70,074     61,323     66,103  

        The total interest expense on advances from FHLBs was $1,268 million, $1,296 million and $1,676 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

110



Note 12: Other Borrowings

        Other borrowings consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Amount
  Interest
Rate(s)

  Amount
  Interest
Rate(s)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Washington Mutual, Inc. (Parent)                      
Senior notes (1)(2) :                      
  Fixed rate:                      
    Due in 2005   $ 400   2.40 – 7.25 % $ 399   2.40 – 7.25 %
    Due in 2006     1,052   7.50     1,103   7.50  
    Due in 2007     998   5.63     996   5.63  
    Due in 2008     747   4.38     758   4.38  
    Due in 2009     988   4.00     995   4.00  
    Due in 2010     594   4.20        
  Floating rate:                      
    Due in 2005     400   Various     399   Various  
    Due in 2010     249   Various        
Subordinated notes (1)(2) :                      
  Fixed rate:                      
    Due in 2004           125   7.88  
    Due in 2007     224   8.88     233   8.88  
    Due in 2010     582   8.25     600   8.25  
    Due in 2014     716   4.63        
    Due in 2026     149   8.36     149   8.36  
    Due in 2027     938   8.21 – 9.33     900   8.21 – 9.33  
    Due in 2041     734   5.38     734   5.38  
   
     
     
    Total Washington Mutual, Inc. (Parent)     8,771         7,391      
   
     
     

(This table is continued on the next page.)


(1)
Inclusive of capitalized issuance costs and Statement No. 133 hedge adjustments.
(2)
Maturities listed are based on contractual terms and do not include redemption or call dates.

111


(This table is continued from previous page.)

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Amount
  Interest
Rate(s)

  Amount
  Interest
Rate(s)

 
  (dollars in millions)

Washington Mutual Bank, FA and Subsidiaries                    
Senior notes (1)(2) :                    
  Fixed rate:                    
    Due in 2004           206   6.75
  Floating rate:                    
    Due in 2004           1,350   Various
    Due in 2006     824   Various     823   Various
Subordinated notes (1)(2) :                    
  Fixed rate:                    
    Due in 2004           125   6.50
    Due in 2006     100   6.63     100   6.63
    Due in 2009     152   8.00     157   8.00
    Due in 2011     1,100   6.88     1,114   6.88
    Due in 2013     748   5.50     742   5.50
    Due in 2014     1,029   5.65      
    Due in 2015     983   5.13      
  Floating rate:                    
    Due in 2015     498   Various      
Other     297       595  
   
     
   
    Total Washington Mutual Bank, FA and subsidiaries     5,731         5,212    
   
     
   
Other Consolidated Subsidiaries                    
Senior notes (1)(2) :                    
  Fixed rate:                    
    Due in 2004           50   4.57
  Floating rate:                    
    Due in 2004           100   Various
Secured lines of credit:                    
  Floating rate:                    
    Due in 2004           2,717   Various
    Due in 2005     3,991   Various      
Other     5       13  
   
     
   
    Total other consolidated subsidiaries     3,996         2,880    
   
     
   
      Total other borrowings   $ 18,498       $ 15,483    
   
     
   

(1)
Inclusive of capitalized issuance costs and Statement No. 133 hedge adjustments.
(2)
Maturities listed are based on contractual terms and do not include redemption or call dates.

        The Company has shelf registration statements under which the Company may issue debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares. At December 31, 2004, $3.75 billion was available for issuance.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company had a Global Bank Note Program under which the Company can issue senior and subordinated notes totaling $20 billion, of which $17.50 billion was available for issuance

112



as of that date. As a result of the merger of WMB into WMBFA on January 1, 2005, a $5 billion credit facility that was issuable by WMB under this program is no longer available.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company had unused secured borrowing lines totaling $530 million with the Federal Reserve Bank discount window.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company, through Long Beach Mortgage, had revolving credit facilities with non-affiliated lenders totaling $7 billion, with a remaining availability of $3 billion.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. entered into a three-year revolving credit facility totaling $800 million which provides back-up for certain commercial paper programs as well as funds for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2004, the entire amount was available under this facility for general corporate use.

Note 13: Income Taxes

        Income taxes (benefits) from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 1,475   $ 1,417   $ 3,043  
  State and local     254     256     386  
  Payments in lieu     32     32     38  
   
 
 
 
    Total current     1,761     1,705     3,467  
Deferred:                    
  Federal     (113 )   504     (1,042 )
  State and local     (111 )   55     (168 )
  Payments in lieu     (32 )   (28 )   (40 )
   
 
 
 
    Total deferred     (256 )   531     (1,250 )
   
 
 
 
      Total income taxes   $ 1,505   $ 2,236   $ 2,217  
   
 
 
 

        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2004 and 2003 include base year bad debt reserves which amounted to approximately $2.22 billion, for which no federal income tax liability has been recognized. The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability at December 31, 2004 and 2003 is approximately $777 million. This represents the balance of bad debt reserves created for tax purposes as of December 31, 1987. These amounts are subject to recapture in the unlikely event that the Company's banking subsidiaries (1) make distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, (2) redeem their stock, or (3) liquidate.

        The Company is subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") is currently examining the Company's federal income tax returns for the years 1998 through 2003 and federal income tax returns for certain acquired subsidiaries for periods prior to acquisition.  In 2003, the IRS examination of the Company's federal income tax returns for the years 1994 through 1997 was settled with no significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

113



        The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset (liability) were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Provision for loan and lease losses and foreclosed assets   $ 489   $ 665  
  Mortgage servicing rights, net of valuation reserves     226     861  
  Loan fees and costs     479      
  Net operating loss carryforwards     133     197  
  Accruals and compensation differences     232     223  
  State and local taxes         11  
  Unrealized loss from securities and cash flow hedging instruments     33     325  
  Other     500     424  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     2,092     2,706  
Payments in lieu     (39 )   (72 )
Valuation allowance     (65 )   (111 )
   
 
 
    Deferred tax asset, net of payments in lieu and valuation allowance     1,988     2,523  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Stock dividends from FHLBs     (623 )   (700 )
  Loan fees and costs         (532 )
  Basis difference on premises and equipment     (684 )   (541 )
  Other     (78 )   (67 )
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,385 )   (1,840 )
   
 
 
      Net deferred tax asset   $ 603   $ 683  
   
 
 

        The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance of $65 million at December 31, 2004 and $111 million at December 31, 2003 relates to the realizability of deferred tax assets from certain acquisitions by the Company.

        As a result of the Keystone acquisition, the Company and certain of its affiliates are parties to an agreement (the "Assistance Agreement") with a predecessor of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), which generally provides that 75% of the federal tax savings and approximately 19.5% of the California tax savings (as computed in accordance with the Assistance Agreement), attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of New West Federal Savings and Loan Association, are to be paid by the Company to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund ("Resolution Fund"). These amounts are considered payments in lieu. The FDIC has a variety of review and audit rights, including the right to review and audit computations of payments in lieu of taxes.

114



        Federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards due to expire under current law during the years indicated were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
  Federal
  State
 
  (in millions)

Expiring in:            
  2005   $ 124   $ 100
  2006     15    
  2008     23    
   
 
    Total   $ 162   $ 100
   
 

        Reconciliations between income taxes computed at statutory rates and income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

  Amount
  As a
Percentage
of Pretax
Income

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Income taxes computed at statutory rates   $ 1,394   35.00 % $ 2,110   35.00 % $ 2,102   35.00 %
Tax effect of:                                
  State income tax, net of federal tax benefit     93   2.33     202   3.35     142   2.36  
  Other     18   0.45     (76 ) (1.26 )   (27 ) (0.45 )
   
     
     
     
    Total   $ 1,505   37.78   $ 2,236   37.09   $ 2,217   36.91  
   
     
     
     

Note 14: Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

    Commitments

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, in that commitments often expire without being drawn upon. At December 31, 2004 and 2003 unfunded commitments to extend credit totaled $70.56 billion and $52.64 billion, which excluded $379 million reported as part of discontinued operations at December 31, 2003. The Company reserved $38 million and $33 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 to cover its loss exposure to unfunded commitments.

        In order to meet the needs of its customers, the Company also issues direct-pay, standby and other letters of credit. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as commercial paper issuances, bond financing, construction and similar transactions. Collateral may be required to support letters of credit in accordance with management's evaluation of the creditworthiness of each customer. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, outstanding letters of credit issued by Washington Mutual totaled $602 million and $597 million, which included $11 million and $1 million in participations sold to other institutions.

115



    Guarantees

        The Company sells loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased if a defect that occurred during the loan's origination process results in a violation of a representation or warranty made in connection with the sale of the loan. When a loan sold to an investor without recourse fails to perform according to its contractual terms, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred and if such defects constitute a violation of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the sale. If such a defect is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. If there are no such defects, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of loans sold without recourse totaled $533.51 billion and $578.71 billion, which substantially represents the unpaid principal balance of the Company's loans serviced for others portfolio. The Company has accrued $148 million as of December 31, 2004 and $112 million as of December 31, 2003 to cover the estimated loss exposure related to the loan origination process defects that are inherent within this portfolio.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company is the guarantor of five separate issues of trust preferred securities. The Company has issued subordinated debentures to wholly-owned special purpose trusts. Each trust has issued preferred securities. The sole assets of each trust are the subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company guarantees the accumulated and unpaid distributions of each trust, to the extent the Company provided funding to the trust per the Company's obligations under subordinated debentures, but the trust then failed to fulfill its distribution requirements to the security holders. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under this guarantee is the expected principal and interest each trust is obligated to remit under the issuance of trust preferred securities, which totaled $2.23 billion as of December 31, 2004 and $2.20 billion as of December 31, 2003. No liability has been recorded as the Company does not expect it will be required to perform under this guarantee.

    Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, banking and other laws.

        In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company cannot state what the eventual outcome of pending matters will be. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from any single pending proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition, operations, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. However, the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results for a particular quarterly period exists in the event that an unfavorable outcome in multiple proceedings were to occur within the same quarterly reporting period, depending, among other factors, on the level of the Company's income for such period.

        The Company is a party to goodwill litigation that may result in a gain. The ultimate outcome is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the Company will benefit from the future results of this litigation and no benefit has been recorded as of December 31, 2004.

116


Note 15: Trust Preferred Securities

        The Company had previously established special purpose trusts for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The proceeds from such issuances, together with the proceeds of the related issuances of common securities of the trusts, were invested by the trusts in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by Washington Mutual, Inc. Prior to FIN 46, these trusts were consolidated subsidiaries of the Company. As a result of the adoption of FIN 46, the Company deconsolidated all such special purpose trusts, as the Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary under this accounting standard. Accordingly, on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, the trust preferred securities that were issued by the trusts have been supplanted by the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued to the trusts by Washington Mutual, Inc. Financial data pertaining to the previously consolidated special purpose trusts at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

Name of Trust

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Common
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)

Great Western Financial Trust II   $ 300   $ 9   $ 309   2027   8.21 % Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after February 1, 2007
Washington Mutual Capital Trust I     400     12     412   2027   8.38   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after June 1, 2007
Ahmanson Capital
Trust I
    150     5     155   2026   8.36   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after December 1, 2026
Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001     1,150     35     1,185   2041   5.38   20 consecutive quarters   On or after May 3, 2006
Dime Capital
Trust I
    200     6     206   2027   9.33   Ten consecutive semi-annual periods   On or after May 7, 2007
   
 
 
               
  Total trust preferred securities   $ 2,200   $ 67   $ 2,267       6.87        
   
 
 
               

        In the second quarter of 2001, Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 issued 23 million units, totaling $1.15 billion, of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM , through the issuance of $1.19 billion of 5.38% subordinated debentures, due in 2041. Each unit consists of a preferred security having a stated liquidation amount of $50 and a current yield of 5.38%, and a warrant to purchase at any time prior to the close of business on May 3, 2041, 1.2081 shares of common stock of Washington Mutual. At any time after issuance of the units, the preferred security and warrant components of each unit may be separated by the holder and transferred separately. Thereafter, a separated preferred security and warrant may be combined to form a unit.

        The initial warrant exercise price was $32.33 and the warrant exercise price on the expiration date of the warrants will equal $50. As of December 31, 2004, the warrant exercise price was $32.56.

117



Note 16: Earnings Per Share

        Information used to calculate earnings per share was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Weighted average shares            
  Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding   862,215   903,666   943,905
  Dilutive effect of potential common shares from:            
    Awards granted under equity incentive programs   12,414   9,411   8,626
    Premium Income Equity Securities SM (1)       951
    Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM   9,421   8,680   6,670
   
 
 
  Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding   884,050   921,757   960,152
   
 
 

(1)
Redeemed on August 16, 2002.

        For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, options to purchase an additional 1,530,631, 9,831,974 and, 13,789,940 shares of common stock were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect.

        Additionally, as part of the 1996 business combination with Keystone Holdings, Inc. (the parent of American Savings Bank, F.A.), 6 million shares of common stock, with an assigned value of $18.4944 per share, are being held in escrow for the benefit of certain of the former investors in Keystone Holdings and their transferees. During 2003, the number of escrow shares was reduced from 18 million to 6 million as a result of the return and cancellation of 12 million shares to the Company. The escrow will expire on December 20, 2008, subject to certain limited extensions. The conditions under which these shares can be released from escrow are related to the outcome of certain litigation and not based on future earnings or market prices. At December 31, 2004, the conditions for releasing the shares from escrow had not occurred, and therefore, none of the shares in the escrow were included in the above computations.

118



Note 17: Comprehensive Income

        The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income and the related tax effect allocated to each component:

 
  Before
Tax
Amount

  Tax
Effect

  Net of
Tax

 
 
  (in millions)

 
2002                    
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year (1)   $ 2,548   $ 966   $ 1,582  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (730 )   (277 )   (453 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (9 )   (3 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     1,809     686     1,123  
Net unrealized loss from cash flow hedging instruments     (1,133 )   (430 )   (703 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (3 )   (1 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 673   $ 255   $ 418  
   
 
 
 
2003                    
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized loss from securities available-for-sale arising during the year (1)   $ (567 ) $ (218 ) $ (349 )
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (995 )   (383 )   (612 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (6 )   (2 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (1,568 )   (603 )   (965 )
Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     439     169     270  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (7 )   (3 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (1,136 ) $ (437 ) $ (699 )
   
 
 
 
2004                    
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year   $ 386   $ 149   $ 237  
  Reclassification of net gain from securities available-for-sale included in net income     (57 )   (22 )   (35 )
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (7 )   (3 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     322     124     198  
Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     415     159     256  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (10 )   (4 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 727   $ 279   $ 448  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes net unrealized (loss) gain from securities available-for-sale arising during the year from discontinued operations, net of tax, of ($1) million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

119


        The following table presents accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances:

 
  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
from
Securities (1)

  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
from Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments

  Amortization
Adjustment for
Mortgage-backed
Securities
Transferred
in 1997

  Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 866   $ (700 ) $ 15   $ (6 ) $ 175  
Net change     (961 )   270     (4 )   (4 )   (699 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003     (95 )   (430 )   11     (10 )   (524 )
Net change     202     256     (4 )   (6 )   448  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004   $ 107   $ (174 ) $ 7   $ (16 ) $ (76 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Includes net unrealized gain from securities from discontinued operations of $1 million at December 31, 2003 and $2 million at December 31, 2002.

Note 18: Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its subsidiary depository banking institutions is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") capital requirements. WMB was subject to FDIC capital requirements prior to December 31, 2004. On January 1, 2005, WMB merged into WMBFA and ceased to exist; consequently, the Company no longer owns a state savings bank that is subject to regulation and supervision by the Director of Financial Institutions of the State of Washington and by the FDIC.

        The capital adequacy requirements are quantitative measures established by regulation that require WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital. The FDIC required WMB to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets as well as Tier 1 capital to average assets. The OTS requires WMBFA and WMBfsb to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets and tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards, and under the OTS and FDIC regulations, an institution (that is not in the most highly-rated category) is required to have a leverage ratio of core capital to adjusted total assets of at least 4.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.00% and a total risk-based ratio of at least 8.00%. In addition, the Company's federal savings associations are required to have a tangible capital ratio of at least 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of not less than 4.00%, and (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. Any institution that is neither well-capitalized nor adequately capitalized will be considered undercapitalized. Any institution with a tangible equity ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        Undercapitalized institutions are subject to certain prompt corrective action requirements, regulatory controls and restrictions, which become more extensive as an institution becomes more severely undercapitalized. Failure by any of the Company's depository institutions to comply with applicable capital

120



requirements would, if unremedied, result in restrictions on its activities and lead to regulatory enforcement actions against such institutions including, but not limited to, the issuance of a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Additionally, FDIC or OTS approval of any regulatory application filed for their review may be dependent on compliance with capital requirements.

        The regulatory capital ratios calculated for WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb, along with the capital amounts and ratios for the minimum regulatory requirement and the minimum amounts and ratios required to be categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum
Regulatory
Requirement

  Minimum to be
Categorized as
Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 20,698   11.68 % $ 14,174   8.00 % $ 17,718   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     14,392   8.12     7,087   4.00     10,631   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     14,530   5.46     10,635   4.00 (1)   13,294   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     14,530   5.46     3,988   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     2,233   12.35     1,447   8.00     1,809   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     1,974   10.92     723   4.00     1,085   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     1,988   7.44     1,069   4.00 (1)   1,336   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     1,988   7.44     401   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     27,029   393.56     549   8.00     687   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     27,027   393.52     275   4.00     412   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     27,055   93.67     1,155   4.00 (1)   1,444   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     27,055   93.67     433   1.50     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

121


 
  December 31, 2003
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum
Regulatory
Requirement

  Minimum to be
Categorized as
Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMBFA                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 15,444   10.80 % $ 11,441   8.00 % $ 14,302   10.00 %
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     12,472   8.72     5,721   4.00     8,581   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     12,531   5.50     9,116   4.00 (1)   11,395   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     12,531   5.50     3,419   1.50     n/a   n/a  
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     2,219   11.23     1,581   8.00     1,976   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     1,798   9.10     790   4.00     1,186   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     1,798   5.82     1,236   4.00 (1)   1,545   5.00  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     82   17.04     38   8.00     48   10.00  
Adjusted tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     79   16.36     19   4.00     29   6.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage)     79   10.34     30   4.00 (1)   38   5.00  
Tangible capital to tangible assets (tangible equity)     79   10.34     11   1.50     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

        WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb met all capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2004 to which they were subject. Additionally, as of the most recent notifications from the FDIC (for WMB) and the OTS (for WMBFA and WMBfsb), the FDIC and OTS individually categorized WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, a bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 or leverage ratios as set forth in the table above. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the well-capitalized status of WMBFA, WMB and WMBfsb.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s principal sources of funds are cash dividends received from its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income and borrowings. Washington Mutual, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends is also predicated on the ability of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to Washington Mutual, Inc. Federal law limits the ability of a depository institution, such as WMBFA or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.

        OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. WMBFA and WMBfsb must file notice with the OTS at least 30 days before the proposed declaration of a dividend or approval of a proposed capital distribution by its board of directors. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, if, after giving effect to the proposed distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.

122



        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2004 included a pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve for tax purposes of $2.22 billion for which no federal income taxes have been provided. In the future, if the thrift bad debt reserve is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, or if any of the banking subsidiaries no longer qualifies as a bank, the Company will incur a federal income tax liability, at the then prevailing corporate income tax rate, to the extent of such subsidiaries' pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve. As a result, the Company's ability to pay dividends in excess of current earnings may be limited.

Note 19: Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan

        Washington Mutual maintains an equity incentive plan and an employee stock purchase plan. The following information is disclosed on a continuing and discontinued operations basis.

    2003 Equity Incentive Plan

        In February 2003 the Board of Directors adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP"). On April 15, 2003 the shareholders approved the adoption of the 2003 EIP, which replaced the 1994 Stock Option Plan ("1994 Plan") and the Company's Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2003 EIP, all of the Company's employees, officers, directors and certain consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors are eligible to receive awards. Awards which may be granted under the 2003 EIP include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock units, performance shares and performance units and other stock or cash-based awards. The 2003 EIP is generally similar to the 1994 Plan and the Equity Incentive Plan, and does not affect the terms of any option granted under the 1994 Plan or stock or shares awarded under the Equity Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of Washington Mutual common stock available for grant under the 2003 EIP is 44,919,426, which includes authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the Company's 1994 Plan or Equity Incentive Plan.

        Under the 2003 EIP, the exercise price of the option must at least equal the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending on the terms of the grant, and expire 10 years from the grant date.

        The 2003 EIP permits awards of restricted stock and stock units, and performance shares and performance units with or without performance-based vesting restrictions. The maximum aggregate number of such shares that may be issued under the 2003 EIP (other than options and stock appreciation rights) is 13,000,000, and the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2003 EIP pursuant to awards (other than options and stock appreciation rights) that have no restrictions or have restrictions based solely on service for less than three years is 4,350,000.

        In 2004 and 2003, 2,088,806 and 2,912,134 restricted shares were granted under the 2003 EIP with a weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of $42.83 and $40.88. As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, there were 3,831,627 and 2,886,818 restricted shares outstanding. Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares was $112 million at December 31, 2004 and $104 million at December 31, 2003. Restricted stock and stock units accrue or pay dividends. All canceled or forfeited shares become available for future grants.

        Certain executives participate in the Company's Performance Shares Program. Under this program, executives are notified of target awards and the performance criteria that determine actual awards at the end of the three-year measurement period. The actual awards may be between 0% and 250% of the target award, depending on the Company's performance. After the three-year performance cycle has been completed,

123



actual awards may be made in cash or in the Company's common stock. Common stock awards will be made from the 2003 EIP.

        The total compensation expense recognized for the 2003 EIP was $97 million in 2004 and $18 million in 2003.

    1994 Stock Option Plan

        On April 19, 1994, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 1994 Stock Option Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated as of February 15, 2000. Under the 1994 Plan, options to purchase common stock of Washington Mutual were granted to officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The 1994 Plan was generally similar to a plan adopted in 1983 that was terminated according to its terms in 1993; however the 1994 Plan did not affect the terms of any options granted under the 1983 plan. All options granted under the 1983 plan have been exercised. Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of the option was equal to the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a phased-in schedule over one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant, and expire five to ten years from the grant date. The 1994 Plan originally provided for the granting of options to purchase a maximum of 27,000,000 shares of common stock. During 2000, the Board of Directors amended, and the Company's shareholders approved, an increase in the maximum number of shares of common stock available for grant to 45,000,000. The 1994 Plan was replaced on April 15, 2003 with the 2003 EIP. The total compensation expense recognized for the 1994 Plan resulting from the adoption of Statement No. 148 to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting was $1 million in 2004 and $11 million in 2003.

    WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants have been made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." In 1997, the Board of Directors approved a plan under which eligible employees were granted nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, the Board adopted a new plan to grant additional nonqualified stock options to eligible employees ("1999 WAMU Shares"). On February 13, 2001, the Board adopted a third plan and granted nonqualified options to eligible employees ("2001 WAMU Shares"). On September 17, 2002, the Board amended the 2001 WAMU Shares Plan to provide for an additional grant of nonqualified options to eligible employees effective September 3, 2002. The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares Plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on designated dates, and all options vest one to three years after the award date and expire five to ten years from the award date.

124



        The following table presents the status, and changes, of all plans at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 during the years then ended:

 
  1983
Stock Option Plan

  1994
Stock Option Plan

  WAMU Shares
Stock Option Plan

 
  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2001   303,750   $ 8.06   31,501,037   $ 27.38   5,797,609   $ 30.80
  Granted         11,391,440     36.12   9,487,266     37.13
  Exercised   (178,875 )   6.78   (1,735,344 )   20.97   (869,324 )   25.47
  Forfeited         (1,078,605 )   30.51   (1,356,493 )   33.18
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   40,078,528     30.06   13,059,058     35.54
  Granted         105,093     35.08   22,088     36.53
  Exercised   (124,875 )   9.89   (6,489,335 )   25.12   (1,410,483 )   29.82
  Forfeited         (1,281,776 )   33.47   (1,494,478 )   36.49
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2003         32,412,510     30.94   10,176,185     36.20
  Granted                  
  Exercised         (5,411,077 )   29.30   (1,238,526 )   34.33
  Forfeited         (1,580,577 )   34.50   (1,968,143 )   36.38
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2004         25,420,856     31.06   6,969,516     36.48
   
       
       
     

Outstanding options exercisable as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  December 31, 2002   124,875     9.89   19,202,089     25.77   711,192     21.92
  December 31, 2003         22,259,329     29.29   3,684,178     34.43
  December 31, 2004         22,644,707     30.43   5,769,967     36.47
 
  Acquired Plans
  2003
Equity Incentive Plan

   
   
 
  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

   
   
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   2,759,971   $ 14.80              
  Granted   6,535,804     19.77              
  Exercised   (4,690,606 )   18.79              
  Forfeited   (22,750 )   23.31              
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   4,582,419     17.65              
  Granted         9,919,629   $ 39.54        
  Exercised   (1,813,815 )   17.55   (2,375 )   39.50        
  Forfeited   (124,276 )   21.79   (39,192 )   39.78        
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2003   2,644,328     17.52   9,878,062     39.54        
  Granted         2,800,198     41.93        
  Exercised   (549,750 )   16.62   (45,288 )   39.49        
  Forfeited   (13,956 )   21.64   (1,501,903 )   40.31        
   
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2004   2,080,622     17.73   11,131,069     40.04        
   
       
             

Outstanding options exercisable as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  December 31, 2002   4,578,675     17.64              
  December 31, 2003   2,642,456     17.51              
  December 31, 2004   2,080,622     17.73   3,109,932     39.57        

125


        The fair value of the options granted under the Company's stock options plans was estimated on the date of the grant using the modified Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Per share fair value of options granted:                    
  1994 Stock Option Plan       $ 10.28   $ 10.02  
  WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan         9.53     8.33  
  2003 Equity Incentive Plan   $ 8.99     9.72      
Dividend yield     2.41 – 2.80 %   2.53 – 3.50 %   2.71 – 3.00 %
Expected volatility     27.11 – 30.41     30.41 – 35.02     30.92 – 35.30  
Risk free interest rate     2.33 – 4.16     2.45 – 3.60     2.25 – 5.15  
Expected life     4 – 7 years     4 – 7.5 years     2.75 – 7.5 years  

        Financial data pertaining to outstanding stock options were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2004
Ranges of Exercise Prices

  Number of
Option Shares

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Option Shares

  Number of
Exercisable
Option Shares

  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
of Exercisable
Option Shares

1994 Stock Option Plan                        
  $  8.97 – $21.42   2,696,256   3.79   $ 16.28   2,696,256   $ 16.28
    21.92 –  29.94   2,700,106   3.54     25.26   2,699,272     25.26
    30.73 –  33.96   11,051,818   6.39     31.86   11,026,575     31.85
    34.00 –  41.36   8,972,676   7.49     36.27   6,222,604     36.28
WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan                        
  $34.00   1,261,275   1.11     34.00   1,261,275     34.00
    36.53   3,491,317   7.74     36.53   2,291,768     36.53
    37.81   2,216,924   2.65     37.81   2,216,924     37.81
Acquired Plans                        
  $  6.47 – $14.80   720,606   1.85     10.07   720,606     10.07
    15.13 –  23.72   829,531   2.89     19.23   829,531     19.23
    24.05 –  33.90   530,485   4.46     25.80   530,485     25.80
2003 Equity Incentive Plan                        
  $37.05 – $40.67   9,601,772   8.82     39.56   3,073,313     39.52
    41.35 –  46.35   1,529,297   9.17     43.05   36,619     43.31
   
           
     
    Total   45,602,063         33.47   33,605,228     31.53
   
           
     

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") was amended effective January 1, 2004, and the Plan Administrator exercised its discretion under the Plan to change certain terms. The ESPP no longer permits lump sum contributions, excludes employees who work for less than 5 months per year, has twelve monthly offering periods, and provides for purchase of stock at a 5% discount from the price at the end of the offering period. The Company pays for the program's administrative expenses. The plan is open to all employees who are at least 18 years old and work at least 20 hours per week. Participation is through payroll deductions with a maximum annual contribution of 10% of each employee's eligible cash compensation. Under the ESPP, dividends are automatically reinvested. The Company sold 537,210 shares,

126



1,144,025 shares and 613,480 shares to employees in 2004, 2003 and 2002. The total compensation expense recognized for the ESPP resulting from the adoption of Statement No. 148 to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting was zero in 2004 and $11 million in 2003.

    Equity Incentive Plan

        The Equity Incentive Plan (previously named the Restricted Stock Plan) permitted grants of restricted stock, and awards denominated in units of stock ("performance units"), with or without performance-based vesting restrictions, for the benefit of all employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. The Equity Incentive Plan was replaced on April 15, 2003 by the 2003 EIP; therefore, the 2003 balances represent restricted stock and awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan during the period January 1, 2003 to April 14, 2003. The 2003 EIP does not affect the terms of any shares granted under the Equity Incentive Plan. In 2003 and 2002, 59,953 and 878,186 restricted shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of $34.51 and $34.20. As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, there were 263,456, 720,347 and 1,410,871 restricted shares outstanding. Restricted stock and units of stock accrue dividends. Upon the grant of restricted stock awards, shares are issued to a trustee who releases them to recipients when the restrictions lapse. At the date of grant, unearned compensation is recorded as an offset to stockholders' equity and is amortized as compensation expense over the restricted period. The balance of unearned compensation related to these restricted shares was $3 million at December 31, 2004, $14 million at December 31, 2003 and $29 million at December 31, 2002.

        The total compensation expense recognized for the Equity Incentive Plan was $11 million in 2004, $52 million in 2003 and $41 million in 2002.

    Dime Savings Plans

        In connection with the acquisition of Dime, the Company assumed the Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (collectively the "Dime Savings Plans"), under which incentive options and nonqualifed options to purchase common stock, restricted common stock, stock appreciation rights and deferred common stock may be granted to officers, employees and consultants. Options under the Dime Savings Plans generally expire ten or eleven years from the date of the grant and vest over varying periods that were determined at the grant date. Certain options had a stock appreciation rights feature that was exercisable only for a period of 60 days following the occurrence of certain specified changes in ownership or control of Dime or certain of its subsidiaries. These stock appreciation rights were converted to options to acquire Washington Mutual common stock or paid out in cash for their value.

        Dime also issued options to purchase shares of common stock under the company's Pride Share Program, a broad-based stock option plan adopted in 1997 and 1999. Under the program, all eligible full-time and part-time employees could receive options to purchase common stock which expire eleven years from the date of grant. The vesting of these stock options generally occurred at the earlier of five years after the date of grant or the date the common stock price reached a specified target price (as established on the grant date) and its closing price stayed at, or rose above, that target price for five consecutive trading days.

        With the Company's acquisition of Dime, it assumed approximately 6.5 million options to purchase Dime common stock, which were converted into options to purchase Washington Mutual common stock. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 5.8 million of the options assumed were exercised leaving 700,000 options remaining to be exercised.

127


    Shareholder Rights Plan

        In October 2000, the 1994 Shareholder Rights Plan expired in accordance with its terms. On December 19, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a new Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record on January 4, 2001. The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. They are intended to discourage coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to encourage any potential acquirer to negotiate a price fair to all shareholders. The rights may cause substantial dilution to an acquiring party that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors, but they will not interfere with any friendly merger or other business combination. The plan was not adopted in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company.

Note 20: Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense

    Pension Plan

        Washington Mutual maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for eligible employees. Benefits earned for each year of service are based primarily on the level of compensation in that year plus a stipulated rate of return on the benefit balance. It is the Company's policy to contribute funds to the Pension Plan on a current basis to the extent the amounts are sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts the Company determines to be appropriate.

    Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, has assumed responsibility for a number of nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded postretirement benefit plans, including retirement restoration plans for certain employees, supplemental retirement plans for certain officers and multiple outside directors' retirement plans. Benefits under the retirement restoration plans are generally determined by the Company. Benefits under the supplemental retirement plans and outside directors' retirement plans are generally based on years of service.

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, maintains unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that make medical and life insurance coverage available to eligible retired employees and their beneficiaries and covered dependents. The expected cost of providing these benefits to retirees, their beneficiaries and covered dependents was accrued during the years each employee provided services.

        Washington Mutual uses December 31 as the measurement date for a majority of its plans.

128



        Obligations and funded status for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Change in benefit obligation                                      
Benefit obligation, beginning
of year (1)
  $ 1,283   $ 129   $ 68   $ 1,104   $ 128   $ 78  
Interest cost     84     8     4     73     8     4  
Service cost     80     2     1     56         1  
Plan participants' contributions             5              
Medicare Part D subsidy             (1 )            
Amendments     110     9                 (2 )
Actuarial loss (gain)     (38 )   1     (3 )   130     10     (8 )
Curtailment gain     (22 )                    
Benefits paid     (74 )   (11 )   (9 )   (80 )   (17 )   (5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Benefit obligation, end of year (1)     1,423     138     65     1,283     129     68  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets                                      
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year     1,307             1,062          
Actual return on plan assets     117             240          
Employer contributions     109     11     4     85     17     5  
Plan participants' contributions             5              
Benefits paid     (74 )   (11 )   (9 )   (80 )   (17 )   (5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year     1,459             1,307          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status     36     (138 )   (65 )   24     (129 )   (68 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)     288     26     (15 )   392     26     (11 )
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)     85     8     (6 )   (7 )       (7 )
Remaining unamortized, unrecognized net obligation             6             6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ 409   $ (104 ) $ (80 ) $ 409   $ (103 ) $ (80 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Pension Plan and Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans benefit obligation represents the projected benefit obligation. The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan and Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans was $1,200 million and $132 million at December 31, 2004 and $1,157 million and $129 million at December 31, 2003. The Other Postretirement Benefit Plans benefit obligation represents the accumulated benefit obligation.

129


        Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition consist of:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Prepaid benefit cost   $ 409   $   $   $ 409   $   $  
Accrued benefit cost         (104 )   (80 )       (103 )   (80 )
Additional minimum liability         (28 )           (26 )    
Intangible asset         2                  
Other comprehensive income         26             26      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ 409   $ (104 ) $ (80 ) $ 409   $ (103 ) $ (80 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $1,397 million and $1,354 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        Additional information due to the benefit obligation in excess of or (less than) plan assets:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Projected benefit obligation   $ (36 ) $ 138   $ 65   $ (24 ) $ 129   $ 68
Accumulated benefit obligation     (259 )   132     65     (150 )   129     68

        Components of net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest cost   $ 84   $ 8   $ 4   $ 73   $ 8   $ 4  
Service cost     80     2     1     56         1  
Expected return on plan assets     (100 )           (83 )        
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)     8     1     (1 )   (5 )       (1 )
Amortization of net (gain) loss             1     (1 )       1  
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)     26     1         28     1     (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost   $ 98   $ 12   $ 5   $ 68   $ 9   $ 4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

130


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest cost   $ 67   $ 9   $ 5  
Service cost     47         1  
Expected return on plan assets     (71 )        
Curtailment gain             (5 )
Amortization of prior service credit     (5 )       (1 )
Amortization of net loss             1  
Recognized net actuarial loss     8          
   
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost   $ 46   $ 9   $ 1  
   
 
 
 

        Additional information for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Increase in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income   $   $ 1   n/a   $   $ 10   n/a
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2002
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

Increase in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income   $   $ 6   n/a

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   5.90 % 5.90 % 5.90 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.50 % 6.50 % 6.50 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a   8.00   n/a   n/a  

131


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   7.25 % 7.25 % 7.25 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a  

        The expected long-term rate of return assumption was developed using a policy framework that includes an annual review of several factors including an analysis of historical asset returns, gauging market consensus, historical returns of the Pension Plan's portfolio, reviewing longer term historical asset returns and incorporating the results of asset return models.

        It is policy that the asset return assumptions chosen for the upcoming year are maintained so long as the actual long-term asset return experience is not significantly different from the past assumed asset rate of return and that there is no significant change in the targeted asset allocation or in the selection of investment managers.

        The Pension Plan's weighted-average asset allocation at December 31, 2004 and 2003 by asset category was as follows:

 
  Pension Plan Assets
at December 31, (1)

 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Asset Category          
Fixed income securities   33 % 27 %
Cash and equivalents   14   9  
Domestic equities:          
  Large cap   34   46  
  Small/mid cap   7   8  
International equities   12   10  
   
 
 
    Total   100 % 100 %
   
 
 

(1)
The Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans had no plan assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        The total portfolio will be managed on a balanced basis, with the primary asset categories to include: domestic large capitalization equities, domestic small/mid capitalization equities, fixed income securities (primarily U.S.), and international equity investments.

        It is the Company's intention to allow the investment managers full discretion within the scope of the Company's Investment Policy Statement to allocate the Pension Plan assets within each of the asset classes. The Company's Investment Policy Statement is established by the Company's Plan Investment Committee.

        The portfolio strategy will seek total return, defined as all income, gains, and losses, whether realized or unrealized, over a long-term basis, defined as five years or more. At a minimum, the total return objective for each manager will be to exceed the Plan's interest assumption.

132



        Given the investment objectives of the Pension Plan and the Plan Investment Committee's risk tolerance, the Committee has set the following "target" asset allocation percentages:

 
  Target
  Minimum
  Maximum
 
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents   35 % 28 % 42 %
Domestic equities   43   39   47  
International equities   12   11   13  
Alternative investments   10     15  

        It is anticipated that the overall allocation will stay within the target ranges noted above.

        The Pension Plan assets include Washington Mutual, Inc.'s common stock and fixed income securities of $9 million, or 0.61% of total plan assets, and $10 million, or 0.80% of total plan assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        Washington Mutual expects to contribute $104 million, $11 million and $7 million to the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans in 2005.

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
  Pension Plan
  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

2005   $ 84   $ 11   $ 7
2006     89     10     6
2007     96     12     6
2008     103     16     6
2009     107     10     6
2010 – 2014     628     59     25

        Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   14.00 % 14.00 % 14.00 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)   5.00   5.00   5.00  
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2013   2013   2012  

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Other Postretirement Benefit Plans. A 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have a material impact on the service and interest cost or postretirement benefit obligation.

    Account Balance Plans

        WaMu Savings Plan.     The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for all eligible employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 50% or less of their salary pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions vest immediately. Prior to January 1, 2004, the Company's matching contributions and any profit sharing contributions made to employees vested based on years of service. Company contributions made on or after January 1, 2004, vest immediately.

133


        Company contributions to savings plans were $64 million, $114 million and $90 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

        Other Account Balance Plans.     The Company sponsors supplemental employee and executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain officers. The plans are designed to supplement the benefits that are accrued under the Pension Plans.

    Other Expense

        The following table shows expenses which exceeded 1% of total interest income and noninterest income and which are not otherwise shown separately in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

Postage   $ 232   $ 220   $ 192
Loan expense     199     253     211

Note 21: Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and reduce the effects that changing interest rates may have on net income. These instruments include interest rate swaps, caps and floors, option contracts, financial futures and forward settlement agreements. From time to time, interest rate derivative instruments may be embedded within certain adjustable- and fixed-rate borrowings. Swaps are agreements between two parties to exchange cash flows of different types based on notional amounts. Caps and floors are agreements in which payments are made when a reference rate falls above or below the strike rate. Option contracts give the option buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a financial asset at the exercise price within a specified time period. Financial futures and forward settlements allow the contract holder to buy or sell a quantity of a financial instrument at a predetermined price and date. Settlements of derivative financial instruments affecting net income are recorded as operating activities within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

    Fair value hedges

        The risk of holding assets or liabilities that have a fixed element (price, rate or index) creates exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. As part of its asset/liability management activities, the Company holds certain investment securities and fixed-rate borrowings. The Company uses pay-fixed and receive-fixed swaps to synthetically convert these instruments to floating rate and reduce the risk of interest rate changes impacting fair value. The fair values of these derivatives are reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in interest income or interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the amounts recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of the fair value hedges of investment securities and borrowings were immaterial.

        The Company enters into a combination of derivatives to manage changes in fair value of its MSR. The Company began applying fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, as of April 1, 2004 to most of its MSR. These derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors and forward purchase commitments. The fair value of these derivatives, which qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment, is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in net mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of the fair value hedges of MSR was $231 million.

134



        The Company also mitigates the interest rate risks associated with fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest (pay-fixed swaps) and swaptions where the Company will enter into pay-fixed swaps if the swaptions are exercised. These pay-fixed swaps and swaptions are accounted for as fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of these interest rate swaps and swaptions is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount the Company recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities was immaterial, as compared with a net loss of $3 million in 2003. The Company did not have any fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities in 2002.

        Home loans held for sale expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages the interest rate risk associated with home loans held for sale predominantly by entering into forward sales agreements and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, swaptions and interest rate futures contracts. Certain of these forward sales agreements are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these forward sales agreements is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in gain from mortgage loans. Changes in the value of derivative instruments for which hedge accounting treatment was not achieved are reported in revaluation gain/loss from derivatives. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized net losses of $65 million, $125 million and $184 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of home loans held for sale.

        The Company also originates fixed-rate multi-family and commercial real estate loans for sale in the secondary market to investors. To mitigate the interest rate risks associated with this loan portfolio, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest. These pay-fixed swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these interest rate swaps is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of multi-family and commercial real estate loans held for sale was $11 million. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the amounts recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness were immaterial.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Cash flow hedges

        The risk of holding assets and liabilities that have a variable element (price, cost or interest rate) creates exposure to the variability or uncertainty of future cash flows due to changes in interest rates. As part of its asset/liability management activities, the Company holds certain adjustable-rate loans and borrowings. The Company uses pay-fixed swaps to synthetically convert these instruments to fixed rate and reduce the variability or uncertainty of future cash flows due to changes in interest rates. The fair values of these derivatives are reported in other assets and other liabilities and the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is recorded in other comprehensive income. For hedges against adjustable-rate loans and borrowings, amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to interest income or expense during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.

        The Company will also enter into cash flow hedges to hedge the forecasted sale of a portfolio of fixed-rate multi-family and non-residential loans using interest rate swaps. The fair values of these derivatives are also reported in other assets and other liabilities. For the hedges against the forecasted sale

135



of loans, amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified into other noninterest income during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.

        For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized net losses of zero, $5 million and $3 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges.

        During 2002, the Company removed its cash flow hedge designation on certain payor swaptions because it was probable that the underlying hedged items, which were interest payments on anticipated issuances of certain long-term adjustable-rate borrowings, were not going to occur by the end of the originally specified time periods or within the additional periods of time allowed by Statement No. 133. Thus in accordance with Statement No. 133, the pretax accumulated loss of $112 million related to these payor swaptions was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to other noninterest income.

        As of December 31, 2004, accumulated other comprehensive income included $82 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of adjustable-rate liabilities and the forecasted sale of a portfolio of fixed-rate multi-family and non-residential loans that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months, as compared to $299 million and $397 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

    Risk management derivatives

        In addition to investment securities that are held for MSR risk management purposes, the Company enters into a combination of derivatives to manage changes in fair value of its MSR. The Company began applying fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, as of April 1, 2004 to most of its MSR. During 2003 and 2002, the Company did not attempt to achieve hedge accounting treatment under Statement No. 133 for these derivatives. These derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, floors and forward purchase commitments. The fair value of these derivatives, for which we either did not achieve or did not attempt to achieve fair value hedge accounting treatment, is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in revaluation gain from derivatives.

        Occasionally, the Company utilizes derivative instruments for asset/liability interest rate risk management which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These risk management derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps and corridors. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in other noninterest income.

        The Company occasionally purchases or originates financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the financial instrument, the Company determines whether an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, all of the Company's embedded derivatives are considered clearly and closely related to the host contract and are not required to be separated from their host contracts.

    Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered and provided for separately from the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit

136



review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from certain counterparties for amounts in excess of exposure limits and monitors all exposure and collateral requirements daily. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net". At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes was $861 million and $1.34 billion. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003 reduced the Company's derivative counterparty credit risk by $258 million and $646 million. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $273 million and $323 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Accordingly, the Company's credit risk related to derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $330 million and $375 million.

Note 22: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on management's judgment concerning future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. In addition, considerable judgment was required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        Fair value estimates were determined for existing financial instruments, including derivative instruments, without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of certain assets and liabilities that were not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that were not considered financial instruments include premises and equipment, net tax assets, real estate held for investment, foreclosed assets and other intangible assets. In addition, the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized was excluded from the valuation. Finally, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses could have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the valuations.

        Assets and liabilities whose carrying amounts approximate fair value include cash and cash equivalents, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, investment in FHLBs, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts, federal funds purchased and commercial paper and derivative financial instruments.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument as of December 31, 2004 and 2003:

        Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell – The carrying amount represented fair value. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements are investments of high liquidity and have characteristics similar to cash.

        Available-for-sale securities – Fair values were based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using market prices for similar securities, as well as internal analysis, using an option-adjusted cash flow valuation methodology.

        Investment in FHLBs – The carrying amount represented fair value. FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and is required to be sold back at its par value.

137



        Loans held for sale – Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and pricing of similar instruments.

        Loans held in portfolio – Loans were priced using an option-adjusted cash flow valuation methodology. Fair values were derived from quoted market prices, internal estimates and the pricing of similar instruments.

        MSR – The fair value of MSR was estimated using projected cash flows, adjusted for the effects of anticipated prepayments, using a market discount rate. The fair value estimates exclude the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized.

        Deposits – The fair value of checking accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts was the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. For time deposit accounts, the fair value was determined using an option-adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate was derived from the rate currently offered on alternate funding sources with similar maturities.

        Other financial liabilities – These liabilities include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, advances from FHLBs and other borrowings. These were valued using an option- adjusted cash flow methodology. The discount rate for the respective financial liabilities was derived from the rate currently offered on similar borrowings. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using an internal analysis based on the market prices of similar instruments.

        Derivative financial instruments – The carrying value of these financial instruments represents their fair value and approximates the amount that the Company would pay or receive to settle the position. The Company determined fair value by using valuation models incorporating current market information or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics.

        The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Financial Assets:                        
  Loans held for sale   $ 42,743   $ 43,019   $ 20,837   $ 20,839
  Loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan and lease losses     205,770     206,716     173,900     175,755
  MSR     5,906     5,906     6,354     6,386
Financial Liabilities:                        
  Time deposits     46,480     46,784     27,957     28,323
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     15,944     15,963     28,333     28,468
  Advances from FHLBs     70,074     70,027     48,330     48,402
  Other borrowings     18,498     18,862     15,483     16,086

138


Note 23: Financial Information – Washington Mutual, Inc.

        The following Washington Mutual, Inc. (parent only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                    
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries   $ 13   $ 13   $ 21  
  Other interest income     5     5     10  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     18     18     31  
Interest Expense                    
  Other borrowings     305     262     274  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     305     262     274  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense     (287 )   (244 )   (243 )
  Provision for loan and lease losses             1  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense after provision for loan and lease losses     (287 )   (244 )   (244 )
Noninterest Income                    
  Other income     7     13     6  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     7     13     6  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     47     63     42  
  Other expense     72     61     77  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     119     124     119  
   
 
 
 
    Net loss before income tax benefit, dividends from subsidiaries and equity in undistributed (loss) income of subsidiaries     (399 )   (355 )   (357 )
  Income tax benefit     58     184     147  
  Dividends from subsidiaries     75     4,833     2,996  
  Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries     3,144     (782 )   1,075  
   
 
 
 
Net Income   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,861  
   
 
 
 

139


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,517   $ 816
  Available-for-sale securities     60     66
  Loans     1     2
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries     1,580     2,523
  Investment in subsidiaries     26,488     22,889
  Other assets     810     1,210
   
 
    Total assets   $ 30,456   $ 27,506
   
 
Liabilities            
  Notes payable to subsidiaries   $ 258   $ 7
  Other borrowings     8,516     7,189
  Other liabilities     456     568
   
 
    Total liabilities     9,230     7,764
Stockholders' Equity     21,226     19,742
   
 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 30,456   $ 27,506
   
 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
Net income   $ 2,878   $ 3,880   $ 3,861  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:                    
  Provision for loan and lease losses             1  
  Loss (gain) on sale of assets     1     (3 )   19  
  Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiaries     (3,144 )   782     (1,075 )
  Decrease (increase) in other assets     363     (143 )   (756 )
  (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (437 )   564     (231 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used) provided by operating activities     (339 )   5,080     1,819  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of securities         (3 )   (69 )
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities     1     1     1  
  Origination of loans, net of principal payments     1         1  
  Decrease (increase) in notes receivable from subsidiaries     943     (2,240 )   481  
  Investment in subsidiaries     286     (520 )   (2,957 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities     1,231     (2,762 )   (2,543 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  Proceeds from other borrowings     1,721     1,573     1,854  
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,510 )   (1,206 )   (1,026 )
  Repurchase of common stock     (712 )   (2,699 )   (1,303 )
  Common stock issued     310     420     218  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash used by financing activities     (191 )   (1,912 )   (257 )
   
 
 
 
    Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     701     406     (981 )
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     816     410     1,391  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 1,517   $ 816   $ 410  
   
 
 
 

140


Note 24: Operating Segments

        The Company has three operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group, the Mortgage Banking Group and the Commercial Group. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting. The management reporting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. The Company's operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services Group's principal activities include: (1) originating, managing and servicing home equity loans and lines of credit; (2) offering a comprehensive line of deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers and small businesses; (3) providing investment advisory and brokerage services, sales of annuities, mutual fund management and other financial services; and (4) holding the Company's portfolio of home loans held for investment.

        Deposit products offered by the segment in all its stores include the Company's signature free checking and interest-bearing Platinum checking accounts, as well as other personal checking, savings, money market deposit and time deposit accounts.

        Financial consultants provide investment advisory and securities brokerage services to the public while licensed bank employees offer fixed annuities. The Company's mutual fund management business offers investment advisory and mutual fund distribution services.

        The Retail Banking and Financial Services Group holds loans in portfolio that are originated by the Mortgage Banking Group. Through the Company's specialty mortgage finance operations, the segment also purchases and re-underwrites loans to subprime borrowers. Loans held in portfolio generate interest income and loan-related noninterest income, such as late fees and prepayment fees.

        The Mortgage Banking Group's principal activities include: (1) originating and servicing home loans; (2) buying and selling home loans in the secondary market; and (3) selling insurance-related products and participating in reinsurance activities with other insurance companies.

        Home loans are either originated in the retail and wholesale channels or are purchased from other lenders through the correspondent channel. The profitability of each channel varies over time and the Company's emphasis on each channel varies accordingly. The segment offers a wide variety of home loans, including: fixed-rate home loans; adjustable-rate home loans or "ARMs" (where the interest rate may be adjusted as frequently as every month); hybrid home loans (where the interest rate is fixed for a predetermined time period, typically 3 to 5 years, and then converts to an ARM that reprices monthly or annually, depending on the product); option ARMs (a variation on the ARM home loan in which the borrower may select one of four monthly payment options); and government insured or guaranteed home loans.

        From an enterprise-wide perspective, loans are either retained or sold. Loans which are sold generate gain or loss on sale as well as interest income from the time they are funded until the time they are sold, while loans held in portfolio generate interest income and ancillary noninterest income. Fixed-rate home loans, which subject us to more interest rate risk than other types of home loans, are generally sold as part of the Company's overall asset/liability risk management process. The decision to retain or sell other home loan products requires balancing the combination of additional interest income and the interest rate and credit risks inherent with holding loans in portfolio, with the size of the gain or loss that would be realized if the loans were sold. Such decisions are elements of the Company's capital management process.

141



        For management reporting purposes, all originated home loans are treated as if they are sold. Home loans are either sold to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group or are sold to secondary market participants, including the housing government-sponsored enterprises – such as the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and the regional branches of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The premium received on inter-segment sales to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group is based on prices available in the secondary market, adjusted for hedging costs.

        In addition to selling loans to secondary market participants, the Company generates both interest income and noninterest income by acquiring home loans from a variety of sources, pooling and securitizing those loans, selling the resulting mortgage-backed securities to secondary market participants and providing ongoing servicing and bond administration for all securities issued.

        Mortgage servicing involves the administration and collection of home loan payments. In servicing home loans the Company collects and remits loan payments, responds to borrower inquiries, applies the collected principal and interest to the individual loans, collects, holds and disburses escrow funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counsels delinquent customers, supervises foreclosures and property dispositions and generally administers the loans. In return for performing these functions, the Company receives servicing fees and other remuneration. The Mortgage Banking Group performs home loan servicing activities for substantially all of the Company's managed portfolio – whether the home loans are held in portfolio or have been sold to secondary market participants.

        The Mortgage Banking Group makes insurance products available to its customers that complement the mortgage process, including private mortgage insurance, mortgage life insurance, flood, homeowners', earthquake and other property and casualty insurance. Other types of insurance products made available include accidental death and dismemberment and term and whole life insurance. This segment also manages the Company's captive reinsurance activities.

        The Commercial Group's principal activities include: (1) providing financing to developers and investors for the acquisition or construction of multi-family dwellings and, to a lesser extent, other commercial properties; (2) originating and servicing multi-family and other commercial real estate loans and either holding such loans in portfolio as part of its commercial asset management business or selling them in the secondary market; (3) providing financing to mortgage bankers for the origination of residential loan products; and (4) originating, selling and servicing home loans to subprime borrowers through the Company's subsidiary, Long Beach Mortgage Company.

        The multi-family lending business, which accounts for a majority of the Group's revenues, is comprised of three key activities: originating and managing loans retained in the loan portfolio, servicing all originated loans, whether they are retained or sold, and providing ancillary banking services to enhance customer retention. Combining these three activities into one integrated business model has allowed the Commercial Group to become a leading originator and holder of multi-family loans. The Group's multi-family lending program has a market share of more than 20% in certain key cities along the west coast and is building market share on the east coast with offices located in Boston, Washington, D.C., New York, and Miami.

        As part of the Company's specialty mortgage finance operations, the Group also originates home loans to subprime borrowers through the broker network maintained by Long Beach Mortgage, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company sells such loans to secondary market participants, but generally retains the servicing relationship.

        The Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category includes enterprise-wide management of the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity, capital, borrowings, and a majority of the Company's investment

142



securities. As part of the Company's asset and liability management process, the Treasury function provides oversight and direction across the enterprise over matters that impact the profile of the Company's balance sheet, such as product composition of loans that the Company holds in the portfolio, the appropriate mix of wholesale and capital markets borrowings at any given point in time, and the allocation of capital resources to the business segments. This category also includes the costs of the Company's technology services, facilities, legal, human resources and accounting and finance functions to the extent not allocated to the business segments. Also reported in this category is the net impact of funds transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances and charges incurred from the Company's cost containment initiative.

        The Company uses various management accounting methodologies, which are enhanced from time to time, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include: (1) a funds transfer pricing system, which allocates interest income funding credits and funding charges between the operating segments and the Treasury Division. A segment will receive a funding credit from the Treasury Division for its liabilities and its share of risk-adjusted economic capital. Conversely, a segment is assigned a charge by the Treasury Division to fund its assets. The system is based on the interest rate sensitivities of assets and liabilities and is designed to extract net interest income volatility from the business units and concentrate it in the Treasury Division, where it is managed. Certain basis and other residual risk remains in the operating segments; (2) a calculation of the provision for loan and lease losses based on management's current assessment of the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio for loan products within each segment, which is recalibrated periodically to the latest available loan loss experience data. This process differs from the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology that is used to measure the allowance for loan and lease losses for consolidated reporting purposes. This methodology is used to provide segment management with provision information for strategic decision making; (3) the utilization of an activity-based costing approach to measure allocations of certain operating expenses that were not directly charged to the segments; (4) the allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition; (5) capital charges for goodwill as a component of an internal measurement of return on the goodwill allocated to the operating segment; and (6) inter-segment activities which include the transfer of originated mortgage loans that are to be held in portfolio from the Mortgage Banking Group to the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group and a broker fee arrangement between Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking and Financial Services. When originated mortgage loans are transferred, the Mortgage Banking Group records a gain on the sale of the loans based on an assumed profit factor. This profit factor is included in the value of the transferred loans and is amortized as an adjustment to the net interest income recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services Group. Inter-segment broker fees are recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services when home mortgage loan originations are initiated through retail banking stores, while the Mortgage Banking Group records a broker fee when the origination of home equity loans and lines of credit are initiated through home loan stores. The results of all inter-segment activities are eliminated as reconciling adjustments that are necessary to conform the presentation of management accounting policies to the accounting principles used in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

143



        Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
 
  Retail
Banking and
Financial
Services
Group

  Mortgage
Banking
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
and
Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 4,989   $ 1,237   $ 1,332   $ (874 ) $ 432 (1) $ 7,116  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     177         45         (13) (2)   209  
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,758     2,304     314     (156 )   (608) (3)   4,612  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     24     (24 )                
  Noninterest expense     4,434     2,607     639     699     (844 ) (4)   7,535  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     3,160     910     962     (1,729 )   681     3,984  
  Income taxes (benefit)     1,180     340     329     (652 )   308 (5)   1,505  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     1,980     570     633     (1,077 )   373     2,479  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes                 399         399  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 1,980   $ 570   $ 633   $ (678 ) $ 373   $ 2,878  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     50.39 % (6)   68.19 % (6)   31.67 % (6)   n/a     n/a     64.25 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 163,329   $ 23,591   $ 38,804   $   $ (1,570 ) (8) $ 224,154  
  Average assets     175,696     41,938     43,990     24,230     (1,776 ) (8)(9)   284,078  
  Average deposits     130,337     16,299     7,141     11,631     n/a     165,408  
  Employees at end of period     30,107     14,197     3,100     5,175     n/a     52,579  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for cost of capital related to goodwill that has been allocated to the segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Includes the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from the Mortgage Banking segment.
(9)
Includes the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $206 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.

144


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  Retail
Banking and
Financial
Services
Group

  Mortgage
Banking
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
and
Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 3,872   $ 2,382   $ 1,321   $ (302 ) $ 356 (1) $ 7,629  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     183     14     103     4     (262 ) (2)   42  
  Noninterest income     2,500     2,986     472     644     (752 ) (3)   5,850  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     179     (179 )                
  Noninterest expense     3,939     3,076     602     634     (843 ) (4)   7,408  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     2,429     2,099     1,088     (296 )   709     6,029  
  Income taxes (benefit)     931     801     392     (110 )   222 (5)   2,236  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     1,498     1,298     696     (186 )   487     3,793  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes             87             87  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 1,498   $ 1,298   $ 783   $ (186 ) $ 487   $ 3,880  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     52.24 % (6)   55.28 % (6)   26.95 % (6)   n/a     n/a     54.96 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 120,705   $ 42,990   $ 35,490   $   $ (1,260 ) (8) $ 197,925  
  Average assets     132,427     70,308     44,037     38,168     (1,821 ) (8)(9)   283,119  
  Average deposits     125,440     27,112     5,407     5,626     n/a     163,585  
  Employees at end of period     29,364     22,541     5,627 (10)   6,188     n/a     63,720  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for cost of capital related to goodwill that has been allocated to the segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Includes the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from the Mortgage Banking segment.
(9)
Includes the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $561 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(10)
Includes 2,346 employees reported as part of discontinued operations.

145


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
 
  Retail
Banking and
Financial
Services
Group

  Mortgage
Banking
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
and
Other

  Reconciling
Adjustments

  Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                      
  Net interest income   $ 3,602   $ 1,747   $ 1,179   $ 1,307   $ 294 (1) $ 8,129  
  Provision for loan and lease losses     223         177         4 (2)   404  
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,226     2,370     504     (60 )   (571 ) (3)   4,469  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     96     (96 )                
  Noninterest expense     3,550     2,282     527     645     (816 ) (4)   6,188  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     2,151     1,739     979     602     535     6,006  
  Income taxes     825     652     348     222     170 (5)   2,217  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     1,326     1,087     631     380     365     3,789  
  Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes             72             72  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 1,326   $ 1,087   $ 703   $ 380   $ 365   $ 3,861  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                      
  Efficiency ratio     51.36 % (6)   51.89 % (6)   24.63 % (6)   n/a     n/a     49.12 % (7)
  Average loans   $ 113,003   $ 29,792   $ 32,691   $   $ (957 ) (8) $ 174,529  
  Average assets     124,575     49,674     39,684     59,249     (1,762 ) (8)(9)   271,420  
  Average deposits     112,034     13,583     4,014     4,885     n/a     134,516  
  Employees at end of period     26,880     17,845     5,137 (10)   5,338     n/a     55,200  

(1)
Represents the difference between home loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment are treated as if they are purchased from the Mortgage Banking segment. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Mortgage Banking segment, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment includes this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(2)
Represents the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(3)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Mortgage Banking segment and the gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. As the Mortgage Banking segment holds no loans in portfolio, all loans originated or purchased by this segment are considered to be salable for management reporting purposes.
(4)
Represents the corporate offset for cost of capital related to goodwill that has been allocated to the segments.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense, excluding a cost of capital charge on goodwill, divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(7)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(8)
Includes the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking and Financial Services segment recognized from the transfer of portfolio loans from the Mortgage Banking segment.
(9)
Includes the impact to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $805 million that results from the difference between the long-term, normalized net charge-off ratio used to assess expected loan and lease losses for the operating segments and the "losses inherent in the loan portfolio" methodology used by the Company.
(10)
Includes 2,330 employees reported as part of discontinued operations.

146



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

        Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 3,066   $ 2,811   $ 2,752   $ 2,721
Interest expense     1,216     1,071     958     989
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,850     1,740     1,794     1,732
Provision for loan and lease losses     37     56     60     56
Noninterest income     1,217     1,264     894     1,237
Noninterest expense     1,938     1,869     1,848     1,880
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     1,092     1,079     780     1,033
Income taxes     424     405     291     385
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations, net of taxes     668     674     489     648
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes                 399
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 668   $ 674   $ 489   $ 1,047
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations   $ 0.77   $ 0.78   $ 0.57   $ 0.75
  Income from discontinued operations, net                 0.46
   
 
 
 
    Net income     0.77     0.78     0.57     1.21
Diluted earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations     0.76     0.76     0.55     0.73
  Income from discontinued operations, net                 0.45
   
 
 
 
    Net income     0.76     0.76     0.55     1.18
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     42.32     40.19     44.25     45.28
  Low     37.85     37.63     38.47     39.61
Dividends declared per common share     0.45     0.44     0.43     0.42

147



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
  Fourth
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  First
Quarter

 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 2,799   $ 2,998   $ 3,138   $ 3,228
Interest expense     1,056     1,089     1,152     1,235
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,743     1,909     1,986     1,993
Provision (reversal of reserve) for loan and lease losses     (202 )   76     81     88
Noninterest income     1,465     1,564     1,526     1,295
Noninterest expense     2,101     1,810     1,850     1,647
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     1,309     1,587     1,581     1,553
Income taxes     488     588     586     575
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations, net of taxes     821     999     995     978
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes     21     24     22     19
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 842   $ 1,023   $ 1,017   $ 997
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations   $ 0.93   $ 1.11   $ 1.09   $ 1.06
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.02     0.03     0.03     0.02
   
 
 
 
    Net income     0.95     1.14     1.12     1.08
Diluted earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations     0.91     1.09     1.07     1.05
  Income from discontinued operations, net     0.02     0.02     0.02     0.02
   
 
 
 
    Net income     0.93     1.11     1.09     1.07
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     46.55     42.75     43.90     36.60
  Low     38.57     36.92     35.68     32.98
Dividends declared per common share     0.41     0.40     0.30     0.29

148


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
DESCRIPTION

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  DESCRIPTION
3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 0-25188).

3.2

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Washington Mutual, Inc. creating a class of preferred stock, Series RP (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 0-25188).

3.3

 

Restated Bylaws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, File No. 1-14667).

4.1

 

Rights Agreement dated December 20, 2000 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services, LLC (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 8, 2001, File No. 0-25188).

4.2

 

The registrant will furnish upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.

4.3

 

Warrant Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-63976).

4.4

 

2003 Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated March 11, 2003 by and between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 2003, File No. 1-14667).

10.1

 

Three-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Washington Mutual Finance Corporation, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (the "Credit Agreement") (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (the "2002 10-K"), File No. 1-14667), as amended by an Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 17, 2003 to the Credit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the "2003 10-K/A"), File No. 1-14667).

 

 

 

E-1



Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans and Arrangements (Exhibits 10.2-10.34)

10.2

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the "EIP") (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the EIP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), including (ii) a Form of the EIP Stock Option Agreement (1-Year Cliff Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the "3Q 2004 10-Q"), (iii) a Form of the EIP Stock Option Agreement (3-Year Graded Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (iv) a Form of the EIP Notice of Stock Option Grant (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (v) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year Cliff Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (vi) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year Graduated Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (vii) a Form of the EIP Performance Share Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (viii) Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 18, 2005, File No. 1-14667), (ix) Form of EIP Stock Option Agreement (3-Year Graded Vesting) (filed herewith), and (x) Form of EIP Stock Option Agreement (1-Year Cliff Vesting Nonqualified Options) (filed herewith).

10.3

 

Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan as amended and restated as of February 15, 2000 (the "1994 Stock Option Plan") (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (the "2000 10-K"), File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) a First Amendment to the 1994 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2000 10-K), and (ii) a Second Amendment to the 1994 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (the "2001 10-K"), File 1-14667).

10.4

 

Washington Mutual Equity Incentive Plan (formerly known as Washington Mutual Restricted Stock Plan) as amended and restated as of January 16, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to the 2001 10-K).

10.5

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the ESPP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), and (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the ESPP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A).

10.6

 

WaMu Savings Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (filed herewith).

10.7

 

Washington Mutual Employee Service Award Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 29, 1994, File No. 0-25188).

10.8

 

Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2004 (filed herewith).

10.9

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2004 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

E-2



10.10

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective July 20, 2004 (filed herewith).

10.11

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Executive Target Retirement Income Plan effective January 1, 2004 (filed herewith).

10.12

*

Employment Agreement of Kerry K. Killinger.

10.13

 

Employment Agreement of Stephen J. Rotella (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 27, 2004, File No. 1-14667).

10.14

 

Executive Management Agreement of Craig J. Chapman (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 27, 2004, File No. 1-14667).

10.15

*

Employment Agreement for Executive Officers.

10.16

 

Form of Employment Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, File No. 0-25188).

10.17

 

The 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended effective July 26, 1994) (Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report of Great Western Financial Corporation ("Great Western"), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994, File No. 001-04075), as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1996-1 to the Great Western 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan effective December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Great Western's 1996 10-K") File No. 001-04075) including (ii) a Form of Director Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Registration Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 33-21469 pertaining to Great Western's 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan), and (iii) a Form of Director Stock Option Agreement effective January 3, 1994 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, File No. 001-04075).

10.18

 

Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, File No. 001-04075), as amended by (i) an Amendment to Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Senior Officers' and basic Deferred Compensation Plans (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 001-04075), (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, File No. 001-04075), and (iii) an Amendment No. 1996-2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 1996 10-K).

10.19

 

Restated Retirement Plan for Directors (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993 (the "Great Western's 2Q 1993 10-Q"), File No. 001-04075).

 

 

 

E-3



10.20

 

Employee Home Loan Program (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 2Q 1993 10-Q), as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1996-1 to Employee Home Loan Program effective December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 1996 10-K).

10.21

 

Omnibus Amendment 1997-1 amending the definition of change in control in the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended December 10, 1996, the Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement), as amended December 10, 1996, and the Employee Home Loan Program (revised and restated as of April 27, 1993), as amended December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 1996 10-K).

10.22

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan as amended (Incorporated by reference to H.F. Ahmanson & Company ("Ahmanson") Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Ahmanson's 1996 10-K"), File No. 1-08930.)

10.23

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1996 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (the "Ahmanson's 1995 10-K"), File No. 1-08930).

10.24

 

Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989 (the "Ahmanson's 1989 10-K"), File No. 1-08930), as amended by (i) First Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1995 10-K), and (ii) Second Amendment to Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1996 10-K).

10.25

 

Senior Executive Life Insurance Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1995 10-K).

10.26

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1989 10-K).

10.27

 

Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1991 (the "Ahmanson's 2Q 1991 10-Q"), File No. 1-08930), as amended by (i) First Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1995 10-K), and (ii) Second Amendment to Outside Directors' Elective Deferred Compensation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1996 10-K).

10.28

 

Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1996 10-K), as amended by (i) First Amendment to Outside Directors' Capital Accumulation Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1996 10-K).

10.29

 

Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company, as amended and restated (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 2Q 1991 10-Q), as amended by (i) First Amendment to Outside Director Retirement Plan of H.F. Ahmanson & Company (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1995 10-K).

 

 

 

E-4



10.30

 

Amended Form of Indemnity Agreement between H.F. Ahmanson & Company and directors and executive officers (Incorporated by reference to Ahmanson's 1989 10-K).

10.31

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Board Members of The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan") as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to the Dime Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Dime's 1997 10-K") as amended by an Amendment to the DSB Director Deferred Compensation Plan effective May 18, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11).

10.32

 

Retainer Continuation Plan for Independent Directors of The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "Retainer Continuation Plan") (Incorporated by reference to The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed on September 16, 1994 as Exhibit A to Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Dime") Report on Form 8-K dated that date, File No. 001-13094), as amended by (i) an Amendment effective as of January 13, 1995, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 001-13094), (ii) an Amendment effective as of December 31, 1996, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Dime's 1996 10-K"), (iii) an Amendment effective March 1, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1996 10-K), (iv) an Amendment effective July 24, 1997, to the Retainer Continuation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), and (v) an Amendment to the Retainer Continuation Plan effective May 18, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11).

10.33

 

Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1997 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment effective March 26, 1998, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (the "Dime's 1998 10-K"), (ii) an Amendment effective October 1, 1999, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1999 10-K), and (iii) an Amendment to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan effective May 18, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11).

10.34

 

February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), (ii) Amendment No. 3 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), and (iii) Amendments to the January 1999 WAMU Shares Plan and the February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (collectively, the "Plans") (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A).

12.1

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).

12.2

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (filed herewith).

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).

 

 

 

E-5



23

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (filed herewith).

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith).

*
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 0-25188.

E-6




QuickLinks

PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit No. 10.2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(3-Year Graded Vesting)

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (the " Company "), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders, established the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan "). The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company (or in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Participant is an employee, director, consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company) and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement (this " Agreement ") to govern the terms of the Option (as defined below) granted by the Company. Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

1.     Grant of Option

        On the grant date (the " Grant Date ") set forth in the electronic Notice of Grant (" Notice of Grant ") provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a right to purchase up to the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock at the purchase price per share (the " Exercise Price "), each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, set forth in the Notice of Grant, which right shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as amended from time to time) (the " Option "). The Participant shall not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Option unless and until the Participant accepts the Option grant through the electronic grant notification system maintained by or on behalf of the Company. By accepting the Option grant, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant's successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time).

2.     Exercisability; Notice of Exercise

        (a)   The Option shall not be exercisable as of the Grant Date. After the Grant Date, to the extent not previously exercised and provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service, the Option shall become vested and exercisable on the anniversary of the Grant Date specified below with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of shares subject to the Option in accordance with the following schedule:

Anniversary of
Grant Date

  Percent (%) of Option
Shares Vested &
Exercisable

 
1st Anniversary   33 1 / 3 %
2nd Anniversary   66 2 / 3 %
3rd Anniversary   100 %

        (b)   The vesting period and/or exercisability of the Option set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Option shall be subject to earlier acceleration of exercisability and/or expiration of the Option as otherwise provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not inconsistent with any such written agreement, as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement and under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).



        (c)   To the extent then exercisable, the Option may be exercised, from time to time prior to its expiration, in whole or in part by notifying the Company or its designee of such exercise in such manner as the Company may from time to time require, which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is to be exercised and be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Committee of such person's right to exercise the Option if the person exercising the Option is not the Participant, and which notice shall provide for payment of the Option Exercise Price in accordance with Section 7.5 of the Plan.

3.     Non-Transferability of Option

        Except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the Option or any interest therein. (Section 14 of the Plan permits transfers by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and permits the Participant to designate one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who can exercise an Option following the Participant's death. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Option, to the extent permitted under the Plan.) As used herein, "disposition" means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant's lifetime or upon or after the Participant's death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph 3 and Section 14 of the Plan shall be void.

4.     Status of Participant

        The Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her. The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

5.     No Effect on Capital Structure

        The Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Related Company to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

6.     Exercisability and Expiration of Option

        The right to purchase Common Stock under the Option shall expire on the date specified in the Notice of Grant, which is ten (10) years from the Grant Date, provided however, that upon a Termination of Service the Option shall expire on the earlier of such date and (unless a later date is otherwise expressly provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company) the date described below in this Paragraph 6 and as otherwise provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

         (a)   Termination of Service without Cause.     Upon a Termination of Service without Cause, (i) any part of the Option that is unexercisable as of such termination date shall remain unexercisable and shall terminate as of such date, and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise only that portion of the Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

2



         (b)   Termination of Service for Cause.     Upon a Termination of Service for Cause, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised at the time the Participant is notified of such Termination of Service shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as of such time.

         (c)   Retirement as Employee or Director.     Upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 55 with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors, the Participant shall have the right, until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, to exercise only the portion of the Participant's Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 65 (age 72 for Board directors), the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service (or until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, in the case of a Participant with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors) to exercise the Option. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

         (d)   Disability.     Upon a Termination of Service by reason of Disability, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise the Option. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

         (e)   Death.     Upon a Termination of Service by reason of death, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after a Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service shall expire 12 months after the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

         The Participant's attention is directed to the discussion in Paragraph 8 below of the potential loss of incentive stock option tax treatment if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company.

         It is the Participant's responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

7.     Committee Authority

        Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

8.     Stock Option Tax Treatment

        (a)   To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option shall not be subject to tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify to the greatest extent possible as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and shall be so construed; provided, however, that nothing in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted as a representation, guarantee or other undertaking on the part of the Company that the Option is or will be determined to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Moreover, the Code provides that Option

3


shares do not qualify for incentive stock option treatment if and to the extent that (i) the aggregate Exercise Price for shares that could be purchased under the Option in the year the Option first became exercisable as to such shares, plus (ii) the aggregate exercise price for shares under any of the Participant's other concurrently or previously granted incentive stock options that first became exercisable in that same calendar year, exceeds $100,000. Therefore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if and to the extent that any shares are issued under a portion of this Option that exceeds the foregoing $100,000 limitation, such shares shall not be treated as issued under an incentive stock option. In such an event, the Participant shall be subject to the tax withholding provisions of Section 13 of the Plan for the portion of the Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option, and to all other Plan provisions that apply to Nonqualified Stock Options with respect to such portion of the Option. To the maximum extent possible, the portion of an Option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option that expires upon a Termination of Service shall be the portion (if any) that does not so qualify, so as to preserve incentive stock option treatment for the Option to the greatest extent possible. Certain decisions, amendments and interpretations by the Committee of this Option may cause the Option to cease to qualify as an incentive stock option pursuant to the Code and by accepting this Option the Participant agrees in advance to such disqualifying action.

        (b)   In order to obtain the tax treatment provided for incentive stock options by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code:

With respect to any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option in full or as to any portion of the shares issuable thereunder, the Participant's exercise notice delivered pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement with respect to such Option shall indicate whether the Participant intends to satisfy the foregoing requirements. The Participant is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor on any questions related to the tax treatment of the Option.

9.     Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

        To the extent that the Option is designated in the Notice of Grant as being intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall notify the Company of his or her intent to dispose of any of the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Option within two (2) years from the date of the grant of the Option or one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option, and promptly after such disposition the Participant shall notify the Company of the number of shares of Common Stock disposed of, the dates of acquisition and disposition of such shares, and the consideration, if any, received on such disposition. If in connection with any such disposition the Company becomes liable for withholding taxes and has no amounts owing the Participant with which it may offset and discharge its withholding obligation, the Participant shall pay over to the Company with the amount needed to discharge the Company's withholding obligation and shall indemnify the Company against any penalties it may incur if it does not satisfy such obligations as a result of Participant failing to pay the Company the amount of such withholding obligation. The Company will report this disposition on Form W-2. Nothing in this Paragraph shall give the Participant any right to dispose of shares of Common Stock in a manner that is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, the Plan, or any stock transfer restriction agreement entered into by the Participant.

4



10.   Plan Controls

        The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. The term "Section" generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term "Paragraph" shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

11.   Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item.

        By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant's participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be entitled to compensation or damages as a consequence of Participant's forfeiture or expiration of any unvested portion of the Option as a result of Participant's Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant's employer, the Company or any Related Company. The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant's rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant's rights or privileges hereunder.

12.   General Provisions

         12.1    Notice     

        Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically. Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant's address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement. The Company or the Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

Company:   Washington Mutual, Inc.
Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator
Mail Stop SAS-1610
1191 Second Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101

5


         12.2    No Waiver     

        No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

         12.3    Undertaking     

        Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Option pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

         12.4    Entire Contract     

        This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

         12.5    Successors and Assigns     

        The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

         12.6    Securities Law Compliance; Restrictions on Resales of Option Shares     

        The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Option and/or any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the exercise of the Option, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Option and/or the Common Stock underlying the Option and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Option and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

         12.7    Information Confidential     

        As partial consideration for the granting of the Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant's spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

         12.8    Data Privacy     

        As an essential term of this Option, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant's participation in the Plan.

        By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification

6



number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan ("Data"). Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant's participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant's consent may adversely affect Participant's ability to participate in the Plan.

         12.9    Electronic Delivery     

        The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any options granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant's consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant's term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

         12.10    Governing Law     

        Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

7



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(1-Year Cliff Vesting Nonqualified Options)

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (the " Company "), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders, established the Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the " Plan "). The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company (or in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Participant is an employee, director, consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company) and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement (this " Agreement ") to govern the terms of the Option (as defined below) granted by the Company. Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

1.     Grant of Option

        On the grant date (the " Grant Date ") set forth in the electronic Notice of Grant (" Notice of Grant ") provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a right to purchase up to the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock at the purchase price per share (the " Exercise Price "), each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, set forth in the Notice of Grant, which right shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as amended from time to time) (the " Option "). By accepting the Option grant, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant's successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time).

2.     Exercisability; Notice of Exercise

        (a)   The Option shall not be exercisable as of the Grant Date. After the Grant Date, to the extent not previously exercised and provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service, the Option shall become vested and exercisable on the anniversary of the Grant Date specified below with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of shares subject to the Option in accordance with the following schedule:

Anniversary of
Grant Date

  Percent (%) of Option
Shares Vested &
Exercisable

 
1st Anniversary   100 %

        (b)   The vesting period and/or exercisability of the Option set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Option shall be subject to earlier acceleration of exercisability and/or expiration of the Option as otherwise provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not inconsistent with any such written agreement, as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement and under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

        (c)   To the extent then exercisable, the Option may be exercised, from time to time prior to its expiration, in whole or in part by notifying the Company or its designee of such exercise in such manner as the Company may from time to time require, which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is to be exercised and be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Committee of such person's right to exercise the Option if the person exercising the Option is not the Participant, and which notice shall provide for payment of the Option Exercise Price in accordance with Section 7.5 of the Plan.



3.     Non-Transferability of Option

        Except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the Option or any interest therein. (Section 14 of the Plan permits transfers by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and permits the Participant to designate one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who can exercise an Option following the Participant's death. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Option, to the extent permitted under the Plan.) As used herein, "disposition" means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant's lifetime or upon or after the Participant's death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment. Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph 3 and Section 14 of the Plan shall be void.

4.     Status of Participant

        The Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her. The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

5.     No Effect on Capital Structure

        The Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Related Company to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

6.     Exercisability and Expiration of Option

        The right to purchase Common Stock under the Option shall expire on the date specified in the Notice of Grant, which is ten (10) years from the Grant Date, provided however, that upon a Termination of Service the Option shall expire on the earlier of such date and (unless a later date is otherwise expressly provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company) the date described below in this Paragraph 6 and as otherwise provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

         (a)   Termination of Service without Cause.     Upon a Termination of Service without Cause, (i) any part of the Option that is unexercisable as of such termination date shall remain unexercisable and shall terminate as of such date, and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise only that portion of the Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

         (b)   Termination of Service for Cause.     Upon a Termination of Service for Cause, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised at the time the Participant is notified of such Termination of Service shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as of such time.

         (c)   Retirement as Employee or Director.     Upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 55 with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors, the Participant shall have the right, until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, to exercise only the portion of the Participant's Option that has

2



become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 65 (age 72 for Board directors), the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service (or until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, in the case of a Participant with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors) to exercise the Option. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

         (d)   Disability.     Upon a Termination of Service by reason of Disability, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise the Option. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

         (e)   Death.     Upon a Termination of Service by reason of death, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service. Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after a Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service shall expire 12 months after the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

         It is the Participant's responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

7.     Committee Authority

        Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

8.     Stock Option Tax Treatment

        The Option is intended to be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option and not to be subject to tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option.

9.     Plan Controls

        The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise. The term "Section" generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term "Paragraph" shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

10.   Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item.

        By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant's participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be

3



entitled to compensation or damages as a consequence of Participant's forfeiture or expiration of any unvested portion of the Option as a result of Participant's Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant's employer, the Company or any Related Company. The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant's rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant's rights or privileges hereunder.

11.   General Provisions

         11.1    Notice     

        Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically. Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant's address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement. The Company or the Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

Company:   Washington Mutual, Inc.
Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator
Mail Stop SAS-1610
1191 Second Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101

         11.2    No Waiver     

        No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

         11.3    Undertaking     

        Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Option pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

         11.4    Entire Contract     

        This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

4



         11.5    Successors and Assigns     

        The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

         11.6    Securities Law Compliance; Restrictions on Resales of Option Shares     

        The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Option and/or any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the exercise of the Option, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Option and/or the Common Stock underlying the Option and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Option and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

         11.7    Information Confidential     

        As partial consideration for the granting of the Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant's spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

         11.8    Data Privacy     

        As an essential term of this Option, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant's participation in the Plan.

        By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan ("Data"). Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant's participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant's consent may adversely affect Participant's ability to participate in the Plan.

5



         11.9    Electronic Delivery     

        The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any options granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant's consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant's term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

         12.10    Governing Law     

        Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

6




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (3-Year Graded Vesting)
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (1-Year Cliff Vesting Nonqualified Options)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit No. 10.6


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN AMENDMENTS

        1.     Existing Section 4.1(b) is replaced in its entirety by the following:

        2.     The first sentence of Section 4.5 shall be amended to read as set forth below:

        3.     The first sentence of Section 5.2 shall be amended as set forth below:

        4.     Section 7.5 shall be amended by the addition of new paragraph (k) to read as set forth below:

        5.     The portion of Section 8.10 that precedes the paragraph (a) is amended to read as follows:

        Pursuant to the authority delegated to him by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors at its October 21, 2003 meeting, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. hereby executes this instrument to be effective as of January 1, 2004.

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.      
            

By:

    


 

Date:

    

Its: Executive Vice President—Human Resources      



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN AMENDMENTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit No. 10.8

  
  
  
  
    

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT PLAN

  
  
  
  
  
  
    

Amended and Restated
Effective July 20, 2004

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
    



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT PLAN

Effective July 20, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREAMBLE   1
ARTICLE I    NATURE OF PLAN   1
1.1 PURPOSE   1
1.2 TOP HAT PLAN AND EXCESS BENEFITS   1
1.3 UNFUNDED PLAN   1
ARTICLE II    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION   2
2.1 ACCOUNTS   2
2.2 BENEFICIARY   2
2.3 CODE   2
2.4 COMMITTEE   2
2.5 COMPANY   2
2.6 COMPENSATION   2
2.7 DISABLED OR DISABILITY   2
2.8 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE   3
2.9 EMPLOYEE   3
2.10 EMPLOYER   3
2.11 ERISA   3
2.12 FORMER PARTICIPANT   3
2.13 INTEREST RATE   3
2.14 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE   3
2.15 PARTICIPANT   3
2.16 PENSION PLAN   3
2.17 PLAN   3
2.18 PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   3
2.19 PLAN YEAR   3
2.20 RELATED EMPLOYER   3
2.21 RETIREMENT PLANS   3
2.22 SAVINGS PLAN   3
2.23 YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE   3
ARTICLE III    BENEFITS   4
3.1 PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNTS   4
3.2 BENEFITS CREDITED TO ACCOUNTS   4
3.3 INTEREST CREDITED TO ACCOUNTS   4
ARTICLE IV    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS   5
4.1 COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS   5
4.2 DETERMENTATION OF NONFORFEITABLE BENEFITS   5
4.3 UPON DEATH OF PARTICIPANT   5
4.4 PAYMENT IN THE EVENT OF LEGAL DISABILITY   5
4.5 ACCOUNTS CHARGED   6
4.6 UNCLAIMED ACCOUNTS   6
4.7 RIGHT TO OFFSET FOR TAXES, OTHER OBLIGATIONS   6
ARTICLE V    PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   7
5.1 APPOINTMENT   7
5.2 TERM   7
5.3 COMPENSATION   7
5.4 POWERS OF PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   7
       

5.5 MANNER OF ACTION   8
5.6 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE   8
5.7 INTERESTED MEMBER   8
5.8 INDEMNITY   8
ARTICLE VI    PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS   9
6.1 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION   9
6.2 PERSONAL DATA TO PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   9
6.3 ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION   9
6.4 PLACE OF PAYMENT AND PROOF OF CONTINUED ELIGIBILITY   9
6.5 ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION   9
6.6 INFORMATION AVAILABLE   9
6.7 BENEFICIARY'S RIGHT TO INFORMATION   10
6.8 CLAIMS PROCEDURE   10
6.9 APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS   10
6.10 NO RIGHTS IMPLIED   11
ARTICLE VII    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION   12
7.1 AMENDMENT   12
7.2 TERMINATION   12
ARTICLE VIII    MISCELLANEOUS   13
8.1 EXECUTION OF RECEIPTS AND RELEASES   13
8.2 EMPLOYER RECORDS   13
8.3 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS   13
8.4 EVIDENCE   13
8.5 SEVERABILITY   13
8.6 NOTICE   13
8.7 WAIVER OF NOTICE   13
8.8 SUCCESSORS   13
8.9 HEADINGS   13
8.10 GOVERNING LAW   13

2


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT PLAN

Effective January 1, 2005


PREAMBLE

        Washington Mutual Bank originally established this plan to provide benefits to certain management and highly compensated employees whose contributions to the Company's qualified retirement plans were limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) beginning on January 1, 1994. Washington Mutual, Inc. became the successor sponsor of the Plan. The Plan is hereby amended and restated effective July 20, 2004 as follows:


ARTICLE I
NATURE OF PLAN

         1.1      Purpose.     The purpose of this Plan is to provide retirement benefits for certain key employees of the Company and its affiliates that supplement the benefits accrued under the WaMu Pension Plan.

         1.2      Top Hat Plan and Excess Benefits.     The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA), and is intended to be exempt from Parts 2, 3, and 4 of ERISA.

         1.3      Unfunded Plan.     This Plan is established as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation. The compensation that is payable hereunder and interest that accrues thereon are represented solely by bookkeeping entries on accounts maintained by the Plan Administration Committee. No funds are held in trust or otherwise segregated for the sole purpose of paying Plan benefits. All Plan benefits are payable solely from the general assets of the Company. The Company may from time to time reserve assets in a general account or grantor trust owned by the Company for the purpose of paying liabilities that are accrued under this Plan. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have no legal nor equitable rights, interest or claims in any specific collateral, property or assets of the Company, but shall be general unsecured creditors of the Company until benefits are paid hereunder.


End of Article I



ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

        For the purpose of this Plan, the following definitions shall apply unless the context requires otherwise. Words used in the masculine gender shall apply to the feminine, where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural. The words "Article" or "Section" in this Plan shall refer to an Article or Section of this Plan unless specifically stated otherwise. Compounds of the word "here," such as "herein" and "hereof" shall be construed to refer to another provision of this Plan, unless otherwise specified or required by the context. In determining the time within which an event or action is to take place for purposes of the Plan, no fraction of a day shall be considered, and any act, the performance of which would fall on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday or other non-business day, may be performed on the next following business day.

         2.1      Accounts.     The separate bookkeeping records maintained to record the benefits of a Participant earned under the Plan which include the following or any others that are established by the Plan Administration Committee.

         2.2      Beneficiary.     Any person or fiduciary designated by a Participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan following the death of the Participant; provided, that, in the case of a married Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's surviving spouse unless the Participant's spouse (i) consents in writing to the designation of another party as Beneficiary of all or a part of the benefit to which the Participant may become entitled under the Plan, (ii) such election designates a Beneficiary which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further spousal consent), (iii) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such election, and (iv) such consent is witnessed by a notary public or a member of the Plan Administration Committee. Such spousal consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administration Committee that such consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations. Any consent by a spouse hereunder shall be effective only with respect to that spouse.

         2.3      Code.     The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.4      Committee.     The Human Resources Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

         2.5      Company.     Washington Mutual, Inc. or any successor thereto.

         2.6      Compensation.     A Participant's compensation, determined according to the definition of "compensation" under the Pension Plan for the Plan Year, without regard to the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code contained in the Pension Plan, that is actually paid or made available to the Participant during such year, less the maximum amount of compensation that can be considered under section 401(a)(17)(A) of the Code, as adjusted by section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.

         2.7      Disabled or Disability.     A Participant is Disabled when he is determined to be disabled under the terms of the Pension Plan.

2



         2.8      Eligible Employee .     An Employee who is in salary levels 1-5 or who is designated as eligible by the Committee (whether individually or by class), in its discretion.

         2.9      Employee.     Any employee of an Employer; specifically excluding, however, a person who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income that constitutes income from sources within the United States.

         2.10      Employer.     The Company, Washington Mutual Bank, Washington Mutual Bank fsb, Washington Mutual Life Insurance Company, Murphey Favre, Inc., Murphey Favre Securities Services, Inc., Composite Research & Management Co., and Washington Mutual Insurance Services, Inc. The term Employer also includes any Related Employer from time to time designated by the Committee as an Employer.

         2.11      ERISA.     The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

         2.12      Former Participant.     Any individual, other then a Re-Employed Employee, who has been a Participant, but who has terminated employment, and who has not yet received the entire benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan.

         2.13      Interest Rate.     The rate at which interest is credited to Participants Accounts under the Pension Plan for the Plan Year.

         2.14      Normal Retirement Age.     The first day of the month that coincides with or immediately precedes the date the Participant attains age 65.

         2.15      Participant.     An Eligible Employee who is eligible for benefits under any of the Retirement Plans and who the Committee has identified as a Participant hereunder, including a Former Participant.

         2.16      Pension Plan.     The WaMu Pension Plan, or its predecessor, the Washington Mutual, Inc. Cash Balance Pension Plan.

         2.17      Plan.     The Washington Mutual, Inc Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan as embodied herein and as amended from time to time.

         2.18      Plan Administration Committee.     The committee specified under Article V, as from time to time constituted, to be the administrator of the Plan. If a Committee is not appointed, the Company shall be the Committee.

         2.19      Plan Year.     The fiscal year of the Plan, which is the period from January 1 through December 31 of each year.

         2.20      Related Employer.     Any business entity that is, along with an Employer, (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined by section 414(b) of the Code), (ii) a member of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control (as defined by section 414(c) of the Code), (iii) a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by section 414(m) of the Code), or (iv) any other entity described by Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code.

         2.21      Retirement Plans.     The WaMu Pension Plan and the WaMu Savings Plan.

         2.22      Savings Plan.     The WaMu Savings Plan, or its predecessor, the Washington Mutual, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan.

         2.23      Year of Vesting Service.     Each Plan Year in which a Participant earns a year of vesting service under the Pension Plan. A Year of Vesting Service will also be credited for each year of vesting service earned under the Pension Plan prior to the time the Participant was eligible to participate in this Plan.


End of Article II

3



ARTICLE III
Accounts and Credits

         3.1      Participant's Accounts.     The Plan Administration Committee shall establish for each Participant one or more Accounts described in Section 2.1, as appropriate, to which shall be allocated the proper benefit accruals hereunder, together with interest credited thereto and less the distributions therefrom.

         3.2      Benefits Credited to Accounts.     For each Plan Year that a Participant earns a Year of Vesting Service and remains an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year, the following amounts shall be credited to his appropriate Accounts:

         3.3      Interest Credited to Accounts.     On the last day of each Plan Year each Participant's Accounts shall be credited with an amount of interest payable on the accumulated amounts previously credited to the Accounts at the Interest Rate for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Section 3.3, Interest Rate shall be the yield on 30-year Treasury Constant Maturities, determined for each Plan Year on the basis of the rate announced in the prior year.


End of Article III

4



ARTICLE IV
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

         4.1.      Commencement of Payments.     A Participant shall generally receive payment of the nonforfeitable balance of his Accounts as a lump sum, commencing as soon as administratively possible after termination of employment with the Company and all Related Employers. However, a Participant with a balance in excess of $100,000 may, make a one-time irrevocable election for payments to be made in annual installments of up to ten years. The Participant's election must be made prior to the time that payments otherwise commence. The Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion, establish rules governing the timing, manner and form of such elections. Unpaid installments will continue to be credited with interest as specified in Section 3.3.

         4.2.      Determination of Nonforfeitable Benefits.     A Participant's Accounts shall be fully nonforfeitable if termination of employment occurs as a result of death or Disability or at any time following Normal Retirement Age. Upon termination of employment for any other reason, the nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant's Accounts shall be based upon such Participant's Years of Vesting Service and shall be determined in accordance with this Section 4.2. Any portion of a Participant's Accounts that is not nonforfeitable shall be forfeited at the time benefit payments commence.

        If Participant has not engaged in dishonesty as defined in this Section 4.2, his nonforfeitable percentage shall be the same percentage used to determine his vesting under the Pension Plan. The Account of a Participant who has engaged in dishonesty shall be completely forfeited. For purposes of this Section, dishonesty means that the Participant has engaged in acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft or any other crime of moral turpitude or has otherwise been dishonest in his or her relationship with the Employer (without necessity of criminal proceedings being initiated) and the Participant's employment terminated by either discharge or resignation, all as determined by the Plan Administration Committee.

         4.3.      Upon Death of Participant.     Upon the death of a Participant, his entire balance will be paid to his Beneficiary, as determined under Section 6, in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible, provided that the balance in his Accounts immediately after his death is less than $100,000. If his balance immediately after his death is $100,000 or more, the balance will be paid in three annual installments.

         4.4.      Payment in the Event of Legal Disability.     Payments to any Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary shall be made to the recipient entitled thereto in person or upon his personal receipt, in form satisfactory to the Committee, except when the recipient entitled thereto shall be under legal disability, or, in the sole judgment of the Committee, shall otherwise be unable to apply such payment in furtherance of his own interest and advantage. The Committee may, in such event, in its sole discretion, direct all or any portion of such payments to be made in any one or more of the following ways:

The decision of the Committee, in each case, will be final, binding, and conclusive upon all persons ever interested hereunder. The Committee shall not be obliged to see to the proper application or expenditure of any payment so made. Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Committee shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Employer and the Committee, to the extent of the distributions so made.

5


         4.5.      Accounts Charged.     The Committee shall charge all distributions made to a Participant or to his Beneficiary from his Accounts against the Accounts of the Participant when made.

         4.6.      Unclaimed Accounts.     Neither the Employer nor the Plan Administration Committee shall be obliged to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Committee or Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall state the provisions of this Section. If Payment Commencement Date has arrived, and the Participant or the Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Committee by the date that is immediately prior to three years (adjusted according to the abandonment period of the escheat laws of the applicable state) after the date of notification, the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited.

         4.7.      Right To Offset For Taxes, Other Obligations.     Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced by any amount required to be withheld by the Company under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or other requirement, now or hereafter in effect, of any governmental authority. In addition, if a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under the Plan, and if at such time such Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owning to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owning it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable to the extent permitted by applicable law.


End of Article IV

6



ARTICLE V
PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE

         5.1.      Appointment.     The Plan Administration Committee has been appointed by the Company to administer the Plan and serves in such capacity at the pleasure of the board of directors of the Company. The board of directors of the Company may remove the Committee or appoint a successor committee at any time. If the Plan Administration Committee ceases to exist or is removed without the appointment of a replacement committee, the Company shall function as the Plan Administration Committee.

         5.2.      Term.     Each member of the Committee shall serve until his or her successor is appointed. Any member of the Committee may be removed by the Company, with or without cause, which shall have the power to fill any vacancy which may occur. A member may resign upon written notice to the Company.

         5.3.      Compensation.     The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but the Company shall pay all expenses of the members of the Committee.

         5.4.      Powers of Plan Administration Committee.     The Committee shall have full and absolute discretion in the exercise of its powers hereunder. All exercises of power by the Committee hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested parties, unless found by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment that is no longer subject to review or appeal, to be arbitrary and capricious. In addition to the power otherwise enumerated herein, the Committee shall have the following specific authority:

7


         5.5.      Manner of Action.     The decision of a majority of the members of the Plan Administration Committee appointed and qualified shall control. In case of a vacancy in the membership of the Committee, the remaining members may exercise any and all of the powers, authorities, duties, and discretion conferred upon the Committee. The Committee may, but need not, call or hold formal meetings. Any decision made or action taken pursuant to written approval of a majority of the then members shall be sufficient. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of its decisions.

         5.6.      Authorized Representative.     The Committee may authorize any one of its members, or its secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters, or other documents.

         5.7.      Interested Member.     No member of the Committee may decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature, or method of settlement of his own benefits under the Plan unless there is only one person acting alone in the capacity as the Committee.

         5.8.      Indemnity.     The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Committee, and its members, and each of them, from and against any and all loss resulting from liability to which the Committee, or its members, may be subjected by reason of any act, conduct, or inaction (except willful or reckless misconduct), in their official capacities in the administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case the Company fails to provide such defense.


End of Article V

8



ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

         6.1      Beneficiary Designation.     Each Participant may from time to time designate, in writing, a Beneficiary to whom his Accounts shall be paid in the event of his death. The Plan Administration Committee shall prescribe the form for the written designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's filing the form with the Committee, it shall revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant. A Participant may designate multiple and/or contingent Beneficiaries. If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary, or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, the Beneficiary shall be, first, his spouse at the time of his death, or if he has no surviving spouse, then to his surviving children, then to his surviving parents in equal shares, or if the Participant has no surviving parents, then to his estate. If the Participant dies after distributions have commenced hereunder but before a complete distribution of his nonforfeitable benefits, payment of such benefits shall be in a lump sum to the legal representative of the estate of the last to die of the Participant and his Beneficiary. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Employer to whom the payments shall be made under this Section.

         6.2      Personal Data to Plan Administration Committee.     Each Participant and Beneficiary must furnish to the Committee such evidence, data, or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will promptly furnish full, true, and complete evidence, data, and information when requested by the Committee, provided the Committee shall advise each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request.

         6.3      Address for Notification.     Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Committee, in writing, such person's post office address, and each subsequent change of such post office address. Any payment or distribution hereunder, and any communication addressed to a Participant or his Beneficiary, at the last address filed with the Committee, or if no address have been filed, then the last address indicated on the records of the Employer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant or his Beneficiary on the date that such distribution or communication is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

         6.4      Place of Payment and Proof of Continued Eligibility.     Any check representing payment hereunder and any communication addressed to an Employee, a former Employee, a retired Employee, or a Beneficiary at his last address filed with the Committee, or if no such address has been filed, then at his last address as indicated on the records of the Employer, shall be deemed to have been delivered to such person on the date on which such check or communication is deposited in the United States mail. If the Committee, for any reason, is in doubt as to whether benefit payments are being received by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by registered mail addressed to the person concerned, at his address last known to the Committee, notify such person that all unmailed and future retirement payments shall be henceforth withheld until he provides the Committee with evidence of his continued life and his proper mailing address.

         6.5      Assignment or Alienation.     Except as may be specified under a "qualified domestic relations order," as defined in section 514(b)(7) of ERISA, no benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary prior to actually being received by the person entitled to the benefit under the terms of the Plan. The Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person entitled to benefits hereunder.

         6.6      Information Available.     Any Participant or Beneficiary may examine copies of this Plan or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administration committee will maintain all of the items listed in this Section in its office, or in such other place or

9



places as he may designate from time to time for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administration Committee shall furnish him with a copy of any item listed in this Section. The Plan Administration Committee may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.

         6.7      Beneficiary's Right to Information.     A beneficiary's right to (and the Committees' duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan shall not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.

         6.8      Claims Procedure.     Prior to or upon becoming entitled to receive a benefit hereunder, a Participant or Beneficiary shall file a claim for such benefit with the Committee at the time and in the manner prescribed thereby. However, the Committee may direct payment of a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefits hereunder without requiring the filing of a claim therefore, if the Committee has knowledge of such Participant's or Beneficiary's whereabouts.

         6.9      Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits.     The Committee shall provide adequate notice in writing to any Participant or to any Beneficiary ("Claimant") whose claim for benefits under the Plan the Committee has denied.

10


         6.10      No Rights Implied.     Nothing contained in this Plan, or in any modification or amendment to the Plan, shall give any Employee, Participant, or any Beneficiary any right to continue employment, or any other legal or equitable right against an Employer, or Employee of the Employer, or against their agents, except as expressly provided by the Plan.


End of Article VI

11



ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         7.1      Amendment.     The Company shall have the right at any time, without prior notice and without cause, to amend or terminate the Plan by action of its board of directors or by action of the compensation committee of its board of directors. The Company shall make all amendments in writing. Each amendment shall state the date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective.

         7.2      Termination .     Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall pay all benefits credited to Participants pursuant to Section 4.1.


End of Article VII

12



ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

         8.1      Execution of Receipts and Releases.     Any payment to any Participant, or to legal representative or Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee may require such Participant, legal representative, or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefore in such form as it shall determine.

         8.2      Employer Records.     Each Employer shall, upon request or as may be specifically required hereunder, furnish or cause to be furnished, all of the information or documentation which is necessary or required by the Plan Administration Committee to perform its duties and functions under the Plan. Records of an Employer as to an Employee's or Participant's period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leaves of absence, reemployment, and Compensation will be conclusive on all persons, unless determined by the Plan Administration Committee to be incorrect.

         8.3      Interpretations and Adjustments.     To the extent permitted by law, an interpretation of the Plan and a decision on any matter within the Committee's discretion made in good faith is binding on all persons. A misstatement of other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known and the person responsible shall make such adjustment on account thereof as he considers equitable and practicable.

         8.4      Evidence.     Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document, or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. Any action required of the Employer may be by resolution of its board of directors or by any person authorized to act on behalf of the Employer.

         8.5      Severability.     In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

         8.6      Notice .     Any notice required to be given herein by an Employer or the Plan Administration Committee, shall be deemed delivered, when (a) personally delivered, or (b) placed in the United States mails, in an envelope addressed to the last address of record the person to whom the notice is given.

         8.7      Waiver of Notice.     Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice.

         8.8      Successors.     The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal representatives, upon each Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the Plan Administration Committee, and its successors.

         8.9      Headings.     The titles and headings of Articles and Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

         8.10      Governing Law.     All questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of Washington except to the extent Washington law is preempted by federal law.


End of Article VII

13


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. has executed this instrument to be effective as of July 20, 2004.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
  
    
     

 

 

By:

    


 

 

Its:

    

14




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT PLAN Effective July 20, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREAMBLE
ARTICLE I NATURE OF PLAN
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE III Accounts and Credits
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
ARTICLE V PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE
ARTICLE VI PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit No. 10.9

  
  
  
  
    

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT ACCUMULATION PLAN

(Amended and Restated)

  
  
  
  
  
  
    

Effective January 1, 2004

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT ACCUMULATION PLAN
Effective January 1, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I    NATURE OF PLAN   3
1.1 Purpose   3
1.2 Top Hat Plan   3
1.3 Unfunded Plan   3
ARTICLE II    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION   3
2.1 Accounts   4
2.2 Annual Leadership Bonus   4
2.3 Beneficiary   4
2.4 Code   4
2.5 Company   4
2.6 Compensation   4
2.7 Committee   4
2.8 Disabled or Disability   4
2.9 Eligible Employee   4
2.10 Employee   4
2.11 Employer   5
2.12 ERISA   5
2.13 Former Participant   5
2.14 Human Resources Committee   5
2.15 Participant   5
2.16 Pension Plan   5
2.17 Plan   5
2.18 Plan Year   5
2.19 Related Employer   5
2.20 Year of Executive Service   5
ARTICLE III    BENEFITS   5
3.1 Participant's Accounts   5
3.2 Benefits Credited to Accounts   6
3.3 Interest Credited to Accounts   6
ARTICLE IV    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS   6
4.1 Payment Commencement Date   6
4.2 Payment Options   6
4.3 Determination of Nonforfeitable Benefits   7
4.4 Upon Death of Participant   7
4.5 Payment in the Event of Legal Disability   7
4.6 Accounts Charged   8
4.7 Unclaimed Accounts   8
ARTICLE V    PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   8
5.1 Appointment   8
5.2 Term   8
5.3 Compensation   8
5.4 Powers of Plan Administration Committee   8
5.5 Adjustments   9
5.6 Manner of Action   9
5.7 Authorized Representative   9
5.8 Interested Member   9
5.9 Indemnity   9
       

ARTICLE VI    PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS   10
6.1 Beneficiary Designation   10
6.2 Personal Data to Plan Administration Committee   10
6.3 Address for Notification   10
6.4 Place of Payment and Proof of Continued Eligibility   10
6.5 Assignment or Alienation   10
6.6 Information Available   10
6.7 Beneficiary's Right to Information   11
6.8 Claims Procedure   11
6.9 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits   11
6.10 No Rights Implied   12
6.11 Right To Offset For Taxes, Other Obligations   12
ARTICLE VII    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION   12
7.1 Amendment   12
7.2 Termination   12
ARTICLE VIII    MISCELLANEOUS   12
8.1 Execution of Receipts and Releases   12
8.2 Employer Records   12
8.3 Evidence   12
8.4 Severability   13
8.5 Notice   13
8.6 Waiver of Notice   13
8.7 Successors   13
8.8 Headings   13
8.9 Governing Law   13

2



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT ACCUMULATION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004

PREAMBLE

        The Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan ("SERAP") was established effective January 1, 1996 by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of Washington Mutual, Inc. The purpose of the SERAP was to provide certain executives with retirement income to supplement the retirement income provided by the Company's qualified retirement plans and the nonqualified plans for executives.

        On October 19, 2004, the Human Resources Committee approved a new executive retirement plan (the "Executive Target Replacement Income Plan" or the "ETRIP") for executives at levels 1, 2 and 3. As a result, effective January 1, 2004, executives at levels 1, 2, and 3 are no longer eligible to receive benefit credits under Section 3.2 of this Plan, but will be eligible for interest credits under Section 3.3 of the Plan on accrued balances in their Accounts.

        The Human Resources Committee also approved changes to the formula used to determine benefit credits under Section 3.2 for level 4 and 5 employees who remain eligible for this Plan. The new formula will take into account service with the Company without regard to the Participant's age.


ARTICLE I
NATURE OF PLAN

         1.1    Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to provide retirement benefits to certain executive employees of the Company and its affiliates that supplement the benefits accrued under the Retirement Plans.

         1.2    Top Hat Plan . The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA), and is intended to be exempt from Parts 2, 3, and 4 of ERISA.

         1.3    Unfunded Plan . This Plan is established as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation. The compensation that is payable hereunder and interest that accrues thereon are represented solely by bookkeeping entries on accounts maintained by the Plan Administration Committee. No funds are held in trust or otherwise segregated for the sole purpose of paying Plan benefits. All Plan benefits are payable solely from the general assets of the Company. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any specific collateral, property or assets of the Company, but shall be general unsecured creditors of the Company until benefits are paid hereunder. The Company may from time to time reserve assets in a general account or grantor trust owned by the Company for the purpose paying liabilities that are accrued under this Plan.

_____________
End of Article I


ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

        For the purpose of this Plan, the following definitions shall apply unless the context requires otherwise. Words used in the masculine gender shall apply to the feminine, where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural. The words "Article" or "Section" in this Plan shall refer to an Article or Section of this Plan

3



unless specifically stated otherwise. Compounds of the word "here," such as "herein" and "hereof" shall be construed to refer to another provision of this Plan, unless otherwise specified or required by the context.

        In determining the time within which an event or action is to take place for purposes of the Plan, no fraction of a day shall be considered, and any act, the performance of which would fall on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday observed by the Company, or other non-business day, may be performed on the next following business day.

         2.1    Accounts . The separate bookkeeping records that are established and maintained by the Plan Administration Committee to record any amounts credited on behalf of each Participant under the terms of the Plan. A Participant's Account shall only include the amounts actually credited thereto by the Committee.

         2.2    Annual Leadership Bonus. The bonus paid under the Annual Leadership Bonus Plan. For purposes of this Plan, Annual Leadership Bonus shall also include annual bonuses paid by Washington Mutual Advisors, Inc. and any other annual bonuses that are approved for inclusion by the committee, in its discretion.

         2.3    Beneficiary . Any person or fiduciary designated by a Participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan following the death of the Participant; provided, that, in the case of a married Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's surviving spouse unless the Participant's spouse (i) consents in writing to the designation of another party as Beneficiary of all or a part of the benefit to which the Participant may become entitled under the Plan, (ii) such election designates a Beneficiary which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further spousal consent), (iii) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such election, and (iv) such consent is witnessed by a notary public or a member of the Plan Administration Committee. Such spousal consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administration Committee that such consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located (and any other circumstances the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations). Any consent by a spouse hereunder shall be effective only with respect to that spouse.

         2.4    Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.5    Company. Washington Mutual, Inc. or any successor thereto.

         2.6    Compensation . An Eligible Employee's base pay and Annual Leadership Bonus actually paid during the Plan Year.

         2.7    Committee. The Plan Administration Committee, as it is appointed from time to time by the Human Resources Committee pursuant to Article V.

         2.8    Disabled or Disability. A Participant is Disabled when he is determined to be disabled under the terms of the WaMu Pension Plan.

         2.9    Eligible Employee . Effective January 1, 2004, an Employee who is classified as a level 4 or level 5 employee. An Employee's status as an Eligible Employee shall be determined separately for each Plan Year as of the end of the Plan Year. All other Employees are ineligible, provided that the Human Resources Committee, may, in its discretion, designate any other Employee as eligible and may designate any Employee who would otherwise be eligible as ineligible in any Plan Year.

         2.10  Employee. Any employee of an Employer; specifically excluding, however, a person who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income that constitutes income from sources within the United States.

4



         2.11  Employer. The Company and any Related Employer designated by the Human Resources Committee from time to time whether explicit or implicit.

         2.12  ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

         2.13  Former Employee Participant. Any individual who is a Participant, but who has terminated employment, and who has not yet received the entire benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan, and any individual who was previously an Eligible Employee and who has become ineligible for any reason.

         2.14  Human Resources Committee . The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

         2.15  Participant. An individual who is or has been an Eligible Employee.

         2.16  Pension Plan. The WaMu Pension Plan.

         2.17  Plan. The Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan as embodied herein and as amended from time to time.

         2.18  Plan Year. The fiscal year of the Plan, which is the period from January 1 through December 31 of each year.

         2.19  Related Employer. Any business entity that is, along with an Employer, (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined by section 414(b) of the Code), (ii) a member of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control (as defined by section 414(c) of the Code), (iii) a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by section 414(m) of the Code), or (iv) any other entity described by Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code.

         2.20  Year of Executive Service. Effective January 1, 2004, Eligible Employees will be credited with a year of service for each Plan Year in which they are an Eligible Employee on December 31 st of that Plan Year.

_____________
End of Article II


ARTICLE III
BENEFITS

         3.1    Participant's Accounts. The Committee shall establish for each Participant one or more Accounts, as appropriate, to which shall be allocated the proper benefit accruals hereunder, together with interest credited thereto and less the distributions therefrom. For each Eligible Employee who was a Participant on January 1, 2004, his Accounts shall include with the balance in his Accounts as of December 31, 2003.

5


         3.2    Benefits Credited to Accounts. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2004, unless the Committee determines otherwise, credits shall be made in accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Executive Service:

  Benefit Credit
(Percentage of Compensation):

Less than 3     3%
  3     3%
  4     4%
  5     5%
  6     6%
  7     7%
  8     8%
  9     9%
10   10%
11   11%
12   12%
More than 12   12%

Notwithstanding the preceding, any Participant who was a Participant prior to January 1, 2004, and who's Benefit Credit Percentage for the Plan Year per the above schedule is less than the Benefit Credit rate for the 2003 Plan Year ("2003 Rate"), shall receive a Benefit Credit based on the 2003 Rate for that Plan Year.

         3.3    Interest Credited to Accounts. Each Participant's Account and each Former Employee Participant's Accounts shall be credited with interest on the balance in his or her Account.

_____________
End of Article III


ARTICLE IV
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

         4.1.   Payment Commencement Date . A Participant shall receive payment of the nonforfeitable balance of his Accounts commencing as soon as administratively possible after termination of employment with the Company and all Related Employers. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant is a Key Employee as set forth in Section 409A of the Code, payments shall commence no earlier than 6 months after termination of employment.

         4.2.   Payment Options. In general, a Participant shall receive payment of the nonforfeitable balance in his Accounts in the form of a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible after the

6



Payment Commencement Date. However, if the Participant meets the requirements set forth in subparagraph (a) below, he may elect another form of payment pursuant to subparagraph (b) below. In the absence of any election, payment will be made in the form of a lump sum.

         4.3.   Determination of Nonforfeitable Benefits. The nonforfeitable benefit for any Participant shall be determined as follows:

Years of
Executive Service

  Percent Vested
Fewer than 2       0%
2     25%
3     50%
4     75%
5 or more   100%

         4.4.   Upon Death of Participant. Upon the death of a Participant, his entire balance will be paid to his Beneficiary, as determined under Section 6, in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible, provided that the balance in his Accounts immediately after his death is less than $100,000. If his balance immediately after his death is $100,000 or more, the balance will be paid in three annual installments.

         4.5.   Payment in the Event of Legal Disability. Payments to any Participant, Former Employee Participant, or Beneficiary shall be made to the recipient entitled in form satisfactory to the Plan Administration Committee, except when the recipient entitled thereto shall be under a legal disability, or, in the judgment of the Committee, shall otherwise be unable to apply such payment in furtherance

7



of such recipient's own interest and advantage. The Committee may, in such event, direct all or any portion of such payments to be made in any one or more of the following ways:

         4.6.   Accounts Charged. The Committee shall charge all distributions made to a Participant or to such Participant's Beneficiary from and against the Accounts of the Participant when made.

         4.7.   Unclaimed Accounts. Neither the Employer nor the Committee shall be obliged to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Committee or Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall state the provisions of this Section. If Payment Commencement Date has arrived, and the Participant or the Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Committee by the date that is immediately prior to three years (adjusted according to the abandonment period of the escheat laws of the applicable state) after the date of notification, the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited.

_____________
End of Article IV


ARTICLE V
PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE

         5.1.   Appointment. The Plan Administration Committee has been appointed by the Company to administer the Plan and serves in such capacity at the pleasure of the board of directors of the Company. The board of directors of the Company may remove the Plan Administration Committee or appoint a successor committee at any time. If the Plan Administration Committee ceases to exist or is removed without the appointment of a replacement committee, the Company shall function as the Plan Administration Committee.

         5.2.   Term. Each member of the Committee shall serve until his or her successor is appointed and assumes membership. Any member of the Committee may be removed, with or without cause, and the board of directors of the Company shall have the power to fill any vacancy that may occur. A member may resign upon written notice to the board of directors of the Company or the Plan Administration Committee.

         5.3.   Compensation. The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but the Company shall pay all expenses of the members of the Committee.

         5.4.   Powers of Plan Administration Committee. The Committee shall have full and absolute discretion in the exercise of its powers hereunder. All exercises of power by the Committee hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested parties, unless found by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment that is no longer subject to review or appeal, to be arbitrary and capricious. In addition to the power otherwise enumerated herein, the Committee shall have the following specific authority:

8


         5.5.   Adjustments. Any misstatement or other mistake of fact may be corrected by the Committee when it becomes known, in the manner the Committee deems equitable and practicable.

         5.6.   Manner of Action. The decision of a majority of the members of the Plan Administration Committee shall control. In case of a vacancy on the Committee, the remaining members may exercise any and all of the powers, authorities, duties, and discretion conferred upon the Committee. The Committee may, but need not, call or hold formal meetings. Any decision may be made or action may be taken by the Committee pursuant to written approval of a majority of the then members. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of its decisions.

         5.7.   Authorized Representative. The Committee may authorize any one of its members, or its secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters, or other documents requested pursuant hereto or necessary or desirable for the Committee to administer the Plan as provided herein, or to do any act necessary to carry out the Committee's duties and obligations set forth herein.

         5.8.   Interested Member. No member of the Committee may decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature, or method of settlement of his or her own benefits under the Plan unless there is only one person acting alone as the Committee.

         5.9.   Indemnity. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Committee, and its members, and each of them, from and against any and all loss, damage, action, fee, cost, claim, liability, proceeding, or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees) to which the Committee, or its members, may be subjected arising out of, resulting in whole or in part from, or otherwise related to any act, conduct, or inaction (except willful or reckless misconduct), in their official capacities in the administration of the Plan.

_____________
End of Article V

9



ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

         6.1    Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant may from time to time designate a Beneficiary to whom his Accounts shall be paid in the event of his death. The Committee shall prescribe the form for the designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's filing the form with the Committee, it shall revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant. A Participant may designate multiple and/or contingent Beneficiaries. If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary, or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, the Beneficiary shall be, first, his spouse at the time of his death, or if he has no surviving spouse, then to his surviving children, the to his surviving parents in equal shares, or if the Participant has no surviving parents, the to his estate. If the Participant dies after distributions have commenced hereunder but before a complete distribution of his nonforfeitable benefits, payment of such benefits shall be in a lump sum to the legal representative of the estate of the last to die of the Participant and his Beneficiary. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Employer to whom the payments shall be made under this Section.

         6.2    Personal Data to Plan Administration Committee. Each Participant and Beneficiary must furnish to the Committee such evidence, data, or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will promptly furnish full, true, and complete evidence, data, and information when requested by the Committee.

         6.3    Address for Notification. Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Committee, in writing, such person's mailing address, and each subsequent change of such mailing address. Any payment or distribution hereunder, and any communication addressed to a Participant or his Beneficiary, at the last address filed with the Committee, or if no address have been filed, then the last address indicated on the records of the Employer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant or his Beneficiary on the date that such distribution or communication is deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid.

         6.4    Place of Payment and Proof of Continued Eligibility. Any payment or distribution hereunder, and any communication addressed to a Participant or Beneficiary, at the last address filed with the Plan Administration Committee, or if no address has been filed, then the last address indicated on the records of the Employer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary on the date that such distribution or communication is deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid. If the Committee, for any reason, is in doubt as to whether benefit payments are being received by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by registered mail addressed to the person concerned, at the last address of record, notify such person that all unmailed and future retirement income payments shall be henceforth withheld until such person provides the Committee with evidence of continued life and the proper mailing address for future payments.

         6.5    Assignment or Alienation. Except as may be specified under a "qualified domestic relations order," as defined in section 514(b)(7) of ERISA, no benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary prior to actually being received by the person entitled to the benefit under the terms of the Plan. The Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person entitled to benefits hereunder.

         6.6    Information Available. Any Participant or Beneficiary may examine copies of this Plan or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administration committee will maintain such documents in its office, or in such other place or places as the Committee may designate from time to time for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administration Committee shall furnish

10



him or her with a copy of such documents. The Plan Administration Committee may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.

         6.7    Beneficiary's Right to Information. A beneficiary's right to (and the Committees' duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan shall not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.

         6.8    Claims Procedure. Prior to or upon becoming entitled to receive a benefit hereunder, a Participant or Beneficiary shall file a claim for such benefit with the Committee at the time and in the manner prescribed thereby. However, the Committee may direct payment of a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefits hereunder without requiring the filing of a claim therefore, if the Committee has knowledge of such Participant's or Beneficiary's whereabouts.

         6.9    Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits. The Committee shall provide adequate notice in writing as prescribed pursuant to paragraph (b) below to any Participant or to any Beneficiary ("Claimant") whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied.

11


         6.10  No Rights Implied . Nothing contained in this Plan, or in any modification or amendment to the Plan, shall give any Employee, Participant, or any Beneficiary any right to continue employment, or any other legal or equitable right against an Employer, or Employee of the Employer, or against their agents, except as expressly provided by the Plan.

         6.11  Right To Offset For Taxes, Other Obligations . Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced by any amount required to be withheld by the Company under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or other requirement, now or hereafter in effect, of any governmental authority. In addition, if a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under the Plan, and if at such time such Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owning to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owning it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable to the extent permitted by applicable law.

_____________
End of Article VI


ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         7.1    Amendment. The Company shall have the right at any time, without prior notice and without cause, to amend or terminate the Plan by action of its board of directors or by action of the Committee. All amendments shall be in writing. Each amendment shall state the date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective.

         7.2    Termination . Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall pay all benefits credited to Participants pursuant to Article IV.

_____________
End of Article VII


ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

         8.1    Execution of Receipts and Releases. Any payment to any Participant, or to such Participant's legal representative or beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee may require such Participant, legal representative, or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefore in the form determined by the Committee. Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Plan Administration Committee shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Employer, the Plan Administration Committee and the Committee, to the extent of the distributions so made. Neither the Employer, nor the Committee, is obliged to ensure the proper application or expenditure of any payment so made.

         8.2    Employer Records . Each Employer shall, upon request or as may be specifically required hereunder, furnish or cause to be furnished, all of the information or documentation which is necessary or required by the Plan Administration Committee to perform its duties and functions under the Plan. Records of an Employer as to an Employee's or Participant's period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leaves of absent, reemployment, and Compensation will be conclusive on all persons, unless determined by the Plan Administration Committee to be incorrect.

         8.3    Evidence . Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document, or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. Any action required of an Employer may be by resolution of its board of directors or by any person authorized to act on behalf of the Employer.

12



         8.4    Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

         8.5    Notice . Any notice required to be given herein by an Employer or the Plan Administration Committee, shall be deemed delivered, when (a) personally delivered, or (b) placed in the United States mails, in an envelope addressed to the last address of record the person to whom the notice is given.

         8.6    Waiver of Notice. Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice.

         8.7    Successors . The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal representatives, upon each Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the Plan Administration Committee, and its successors.

         8.8    Headings . The titles and headings of Articles and Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

         8.9    Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement shall be determined by application of the internal laws of the State of Washington except to the extent Washington law is preempted by federal law.

_____________
End of Article VII

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. has executed this instrument to be effective as of January 1, 2004.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:


Its: Executive Vice President—Human Resources

13




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT ACCUMULATION PLAN Effective January 1, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT ACCUMULATION PLAN Effective January 1, 2004 PREAMBLE
ARTICLE I NATURE OF PLAN
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE III BENEFITS
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
ARTICLE V PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE
ARTICLE VI PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.10


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

        The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees was initially adopted by Washington Mutual Savings Bank on February 17, 1987, was amended and restated effective January 1, 1988 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 1993. Sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to Washington Mutual, Inc. in 1994 in connection with the corporate reorganization pursuant to which Washington Mutual Savings Bank was merged into Washington Mutual Bank and became a subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc. The Plan was amended and restated in its entirety by Washington Mutual, Inc., generally effective February 1, 1997 and was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 2000. The Plan was again amended and restated effective April 17, 2001.

        The Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees, which was initially adopted effective February 17, 1987, was amended and restated effective January 1, 1997. Management has decided to merge the Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees with the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Certain Highly Compensated Employees effective as of November 1, 2002 and was restated at that time. The Plan is hereby renamed the "Deferred Compensation Plan" and is amended and restated effective July 20, 2004 as follows:

1.
DEFINITIONS.

        1.1   " Account " means a separate bookkeeping account established for each Participant on the books of the Company that employs the applicable Participant for the purpose of recording amounts of Compensation deferred, Restricted Stock Awards surrendered or Discretionary Company Contributions made by or on behalf of such Participant, and income earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

        1.2   " Annual Bonus " means an annual bonus paid under the Leadership Bonus Plan or any other plan hereafter adopted by the Company that provides annual bonuses for executives and management. It does not include commissions or other similar variable compensation, and does not include bonuses for services for less than the full calendar year.

        1.3   " Board " means the Board of Directors of The Company.

        1.4   " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time.

        1.5   " Company " means Washington Mutual, Inc. ("The Company").

        1.6   " Compensation " means salary, Annual Bonus, quarterly or semiannual bonuses, commissions, variable compensation, payments from designated deferred bonus incentive plans and other direct cash compensation payable by an Employer to an Eligible Employee for services rendered, and Directors' fees payable by the Company to its Directors. The term "Compensation" shall not include reimbursement for expenses incurred by the Eligible Employee, or contributions to or benefits accrued under any Retirement Plan. In addition, the term "Compensation" does not include Restricted Stock Awards.

        1.7    "Discretionary Company Contributions " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

        1.8   " Effective Date " means July 20, 2004, for purposes of this amendment and restatement.

        1.9   " Eligible Employee " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

        1.10 " Employer " means Washington Mutual, Inc., or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc. With respect to any Participant or former Participant, the term "Employer" means the



company by whom the Participant is currently employed, or was last employed in the case of a former Participant.

        1.11 " ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

        1.12  "Human Resources Committee " means the Directors' Human Resources Committee.

        1.13 " Nonqualified Stock Options" means those nonqualified stock options of the Company awarded to a Participant pursuant to any plan adopted by the Company that provides for stock option grants.

        1.14 " Participant " means any Eligible Employee who has elected to defer Compensation under the Plan.

        1.15 " Plan " means this plan for the deferral of Compensation, as it may be amended from time to time.

        1.16 " Plan Administration Committee " or " Committee " means such person or persons appointed under the provisions of Section 7 to administer and interpret the terms of the Plan.

        1.17 " Plan Year " means the 12-consecutive-month period commencing each January 1 and ending each December 31.

        1.18 " Pre-Existing Plan " means the Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

        1.19 " Qualifying Gain" means the net whole shares accrued on behalf of a Participant upon his or her exercise of Nonqualified Stock Options using the stock-for-stock cashless payment method set forth in Section 3.1(c).

        1.20 " Qualifying Gain Account" means a separate bookkeeping account established for the Participant on the books of each Employer that employs such Participant for purposes of accounting for any Qualifying Gain deferred by such Participant, and phantom dividend equivalent units earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Any Qualifying Gain that is deferred and held in this account shall be converted to phantom stock units equal to the Qualifying Gain. Any phantom dividend equivalent units credited to this account shall be converted to phantom stock units in accordance with Section 4.3(c).

        1.21 " Retirement Plan " means any defined benefit or defined contribution plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, and which is sponsored by one or more Employers.

        1.22 " Restricted Stock Award " means an award of stock of The Company made to a Participant pursuant to any plan adopted by the Company that provides for awards of restricted stock.

        1.23  "WM DC Plan for HCE's" means the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Highly Compensated Employees. Effective November 1, 2002, this plan is terminated.    A "Former Participant" means a participant in the Washington Mutual Deferred Compensation Plan for HCE's who first became eligible to participate in this Plan on November 1, 2003.

2.
ELIGIBILITY.

        2.1     Eligible Employees .    Eligible Employees include:

2


        2.2     Inactive Participants .    When an Eligible Employee ceases to meet the eligibility criteria, he will be ineligible to make any deferrals under this Plan, and will become an "Inactive Participant." Inactive Participants will be allowed to change their beneficiary designations and make changes to the earning accrual method, but will otherwise not be treated as a Participant under this Plan. Balances in the accounts of Inactive Participants will be distributed based on previous elections with respect to those balances.

        2.3     Ineligible Employees .    The Committee reserves the right to designate certain employees (whether individually or by class) ineligible to participate under the Plan, in its absolute discretion.

        2.4     Errors .    If an employee is determined to be an Eligible Employee based on a mistake of fact, he will immediately become an Ineligible Employee and his account balance will be distributed to him as soon as administrative feasible.

3.
DEFERRAL ELECTION AND DISCRETIONARY COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.

        3.1     Election to Defer Compensation and Certain Gains .    

3


        3.2     Limitation on Elections .    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, any amount to be deferred under the Plan shall not reduce the current Compensation of the Participant below the total amount that is to be withheld from the Participant's Compensation pursuant to a requirement of law or pursuant to an elected optional payroll deduction. In addition, the Plan shall not be construed to determine or affect any Participant's entitlement to any bonus. Accordingly, in the event that a Participant elects to defer a percentage of any potential bonus that is not ultimately awarded, such election shall be null and void.

        3.3     Effect of Termination on Election .    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, upon termination of employment, a Participant is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan, and accordingly any previous elections to defer any amounts that relate to payments to be made after employment has terminated shall be null and void.

        3.4     Timing, Form and Manner of Election .    The Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion, establish rules that govern the timing, form and manner of election, provided that the Plan Administration Committee may not change the requirement that elections pursuant to Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(c) be made at least six months in advance. The Plan Administration Committee may delegate its authority under this Section 3.3 to an individual or committee, at its discretion. Any rules established under this section shall be in writing and shall be communicated to Participants.

        3.5     Modification of Election .    With respect to elections to defer all Compensation other than Annual Bonuses and other bonuses, a Participant's election under Section 3.1 shall continue from calendar year to calendar year until the election is terminated or the election is modified. The Committee may establish rules governing the modification of an election, including the timing, form and manner of such modifications.

        3.6     Discretionary Company Contribution .    In its sole discretion, and for the purpose of attracting or retaining highly qualified employees, the Human Resources Committee may credit an Eligible Employee's account with a contribution known as a Discretionary Company Contribution. Any Discretionary Company Contribution made on behalf of an Eligible Employee pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall be credited to the Eligible Employee's Account as of a date determined by the Human Resources Committee and may be subject to such other terms and conditions, including provisions regarding vesting, that are set forth in an individual agreement between the Participant and the Committee setting forth such terms and conditions.

        3.7     Director Retainer.     The Governance Committee of the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, credit a Director's account with a Discretionary Company Contribution, and may attach special rules conditions that apply to such contributions. Except as otherwise specified by the Governance Committee, any such contributions shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan.

4.
ACCOUNTS.

        4.1     Separate Accounts .    The Committee shall establish a separate Account for each Participant, to which it will credit each amount required to be credited hereunder. The Account thus established shall be a bookkeeping Account, and shall not grant to any Participant any security interest or other prior right in any assets of the Company by reason of such credits.

4


        4.2     Timing of Credit .    Subject to Section 5.2(c), the Committee shall credit to each Participant's Account:

        4.3     Additional Credits .    

5


5.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE.

        5.1     Payment Method .    The Company shall pay the Participant's Account balance under the Plan to such Participant in accordance with the payment option designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 5.3. In the event of the death of the Participant prior to payment of the entire Account balance, payment shall be made to such Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries designated under Section 6 in accordance with the payment method designated by the Participant pursuant to this Section 5, or in accordance with any accelerated method (including lump sum) as the Plan Administration Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

        5.2     Withholding and Offset .    Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced or offset by:

6


        5.3     Election of Payment Options .    At the time of making an election under Section 3.1 or within the prescribed election period after receiving a credit for a Discretionary Company Contribution under Section 3.6 or a Director Retainer under Section 3.7, the Participant shall specify the payment method and timing in accordance with the following provisions:

        5.4     Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency .    A Participant shall not be entitled to withdraw any portion of the balance of his or her Account except that, in cases of an unforeseeable emergency, the Plan Administration Committee may authorize, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis and taking into account other resources reasonably available to the Participant, payment of so much of the Participant's Account as is required to meet the need created by the emergency.

7


        5.5     Limitation on Liability .    The Company's maximum liability to make payments hereunder is limited to the amount of the Participant's Account (including the interest thereon pursuant to Section 4.3).

        5.6     Upon Death of Participant .    Upon the death of a Participant, his entire balance will be paid to his Beneficiary, as determined under Section 6, in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible, provided that the balance in his Accounts immediately after his death is less than $100,000. If his balance immediately after his death is $100,000 or more, the balance will be paid in three annual installments.

6.
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.

        6.1     Designation of Beneficiary .    A Participant may designate a person or persons as the Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to complete distribution of such Participant's Account balance under the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee, in its discretion, may establish rules governing the timing, manner and form of beneficiary designations. If one or more designated beneficiaries survives the Participant, payment will be made in accordance with the beneficiary designation on file. If all of the designated beneficiaries fail to survive the Participant, payment will be made in accordance with Section 6.3.

        6.2     Filing New Designation .    The filing of a new beneficiary designation form will cancel all beneficiary designations previously filed.

8


        6.3     Failure to Designate .    If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated beneficiaries predecease the Participant then, the Committee shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant's estate. The Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion direct payment to another individual or entity if there is no estate or under other circumstances that would make payment to the estate impossible, impractical or costly.

        6.4     Death of Beneficiary .    At the death of the beneficiary who is entitled to receive payments hereunder, the balance (if any) then remaining in the Participant's Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary's estate. Such payment shall completely discharge the Company's obligations under the Plan.

        6.5     Change of Beneficiary .    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant at any time by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Committee.

        6.6     Beneficiary Designations Under Other Plan Recognized.     Any beneficiary designation properly executed under the terms of the WM DC Plan for HCEs shall be given full force and effect under this Plan.

7.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

        7.1     Appointment.     The Plan Administration Committee has been appointed by the Company to administer the Plan and serves in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board.. The Board may remove the Committee or appoint a successor committee at any time. If the Plan Administration Committee ceases to exist or is removed without the appointment of a replacement committee, the Company shall function as the Committee.

        7.2     Term.     Each member of the Committee shall serve until his or her successor is appointed. Any member of the Committee may be removed by the Company, with or without cause, which shall have the power to fill any vacancy which may occur. A member may resign upon written notice to the Company.

        7.3     Compensation.     The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but the Company shall pay all expenses of the members of the Committee.

        7.4     Powers of Plan Administration Committee.     The Committee shall have full and absolute discretion in the exercise of its powers hereunder. All exercises of power by the Committee hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested parties, unless found by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment that is no longer subject to review or appeal, to be arbitrary and capricious. In addition to the power otherwise enumerated herein, the Committee shall have the following specific authority:

9


        7.5     Manner of Action.     The decision of a majority of the members of the Plan Administration Committee appointed and qualified shall control. In case of a vacancy in the membership of the Committee, the remaining members may exercise any and all of the powers, authorities, duties, and discretion conferred upon the Committee. The Committee may, but need not, call or hold formal meetings. Any decision made or action taken pursuant to written approval of a majority of the then members shall be sufficient. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of its decisions.

        7.6     Authorized Representative.     The Committee may authorize any one of its members, or its secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters, or other documents.

        7.7     Interested Member.     No member of the Committee may decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature, or method of settlement of his own benefits under the Plan unless there is only one person acting alone in the capacity as the Committee.

        7.8     Indemnity.     The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Committee, and its members, and each of them, from and against any and all loss resulting from liability to which the Committee, or its members, may be subjected by reason of any act, conduct, or inaction (except willful or reckless misconduct), in their official capacities in the administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case the Company fails to provide such defense.

8.
CLAIMS PROCEDURE.

        8.1     Claims Procedure .    The Plan Administrator is responsible for evaluating all claims for reimbursement under the Plan. The Plan Administrator will decide the claim within a reasonable time not longer than ninety (90) days after it is received. This time period may be extended for an additional ninety (90) days for matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator, including cases where a claim is incomplete. The Participant will receive written notice of any extension, including the reasons for the extension and information on the date by which a decision by the Administrator is expected to be made.

10



        8.2     Benefit Denial .    If the Plan Administrator denies a Participant's claim, in whole or in part, the Participant will be furnished with a written notice of adverse benefit determination setting forth:

        For purposes of this Section 8, a "claim" means a written request for Plan benefits filed with the Plan Administrator. A mere inquiry or request for information shall not constitute a claim.

        8.3     Appealing Denied Claims .    If a Participant's claim is denied in whole or in part, the Participant may appeal to the Plan Administrator for a review of the denied claim. The appeal must be made in writing within sixty (60) days of the Plan administrator's initial notice of adverse benefit determination, or a Participant will lose the right to appeal the denial. Failure to make a timely appeal will result in forfeiture of the right to file suit in court, as a Participant will have failed to exhaust internal administrative appeal rights, which is generally a prerequisite to bringing suit.

        The written appeal should state the reasons that the Participant believes the claim should not have been denied and should cite specific provisions of the Plan that support that claim. It should include any additional facts and/or documents that support the claim. The Participant may also ask additional questions and make written comments, and may review (on request and at no charge) documents and other information relevant to the appeal. The Plan Administrator will review all written comment submitted with the appeal.

        8.4     Review Procedure .    The Plan Administrator will review and decide the appeal within a reasonable time not longer than sixty (60) days after it is submitted and will notify a Participant of its decision in writing. The individual who decides the appeal will not be the same individual who decided the initial claim denial and will not be that individual's subordinate. If the decision on appeal affirms the initial denial of the claim, the Participant will be furnished with a notice of adverse benefit determination on review setting forth:

11


9.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.

        9.1     Amendment .    The Human Resources Committee may at any time amend the Plan, provided that no amendment shall deny or reduce any amounts previously credited to any Participant's Account. The Plan Administration Committee may amend the Plan for the limited purposes set forth in Section 7.4(m).

        9.2     Termination .    

10.
MISCELLANEOUS.

        10.1     Unsecured General Creditor; Unfunded Plan .    A Participant and such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. Such assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of a Participant, or such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all assets of the Company shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation hereunder shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

        10.2     Plan Administrator .    With respect to ERISA, the Human Resources Committee shall be the plan administrator and named fiduciary as to the Plan and the corporate secretary of the Company shall be the agent for purposes of receiving legal process.

        10.3     No Right to Employment .    The Plan shall not confer upon any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or otherwise deal with any person without regard to the existence of the Plan or otherwise be interpreted or construed as creating or modifying any employment or other contract between the Company and any person.

        10.4     Alienation .    No right, interest or benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge, execution, attachment, garnishment or legal process by the creditors of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary, and any attempt to do so shall be void, provided that the Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion, adopt rules governing distributions to former spouses pursuant to court order in the case of dissolution.

        10.5     Information .    Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall provide such authorizations, elections, designations and other information as the Committee shall deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. All such authorizations, elections, designations and other information shall be in form approved by the Committee. The Committee shall not be obligated to determine the accuracy or authenticity of any information provided by any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan and any payment or other distribution of benefits based thereon shall be binding on

12



such person, or on anyone claiming by, through or under such person, and shall completely discharge any liability under the Plan to the extent of any payment made.

        10.6     Headings .    Headings of sections and paragraphs of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the Plan.

        10.7     Applicable Law .    The Plan shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except insofar as state law has been preempted by ERISA.

        10.8     Validity .    In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the remainder of the Plan.

        10.9     Terminology .    Except when otherwise required by the context, any masculine terminology in this document shall include the feminine, and any singular terminology shall include the plural.

13


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on this      day of           , 2004, but to be effective as of the Effective Date.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
  
    
     

 

 

By:

    


 

 

Its:

    

14


Appendix A
Index Fund Method Choices

Effective April 1, 2004, the following funds shall be available for selection by Participants under the Index Fund Method in Section 4.3(b)(3).

15




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit No. 10.11

  
  
  
  
    

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

EXECUTIVE TARGET RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

   
  
  
  
  
  
    

Effective January 1, 2004

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

EXECUTIVE TARGET RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I    NATURE OF PLAN   3
1.1 Purpose   3
1.2 Nature of Plan   3
1.3 Unfunded Plan   3
ARTICLE II    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION   3
2.1 Accounts   4
2.2 Annual Leadership Bonus   4
2.3 Beneficiary   4
2.4 Change in Control   4
2.5 Code   4
2.6 Company   4
2.7 Committee   4
2.8 Compensation   4
2.9 Disabled or Disability   4
2.10 Eligible Employee   5
2.11 Employee   5
2.12 Employer   5
2.13 Entry Dates   5
2.14 ERISA   5
2.15 Executive Service   5
2.16 Final Average Pay   5
2.17 Former Employee Participant   5
2.18 Participant   5
2.19 Pension Plan   5
2.20 Plan   5
2.21 Plan Administration Committee or Committee   5
2.22 Plan Year   5
2.23 Related Employer   5
2.24 Retirement Plans   5
2.25 Vested Percentage   6
ARTICLE III    BENEFITS   6
3.1 Amount of Benefit   6
3.2 Participant's Accounts   6
3.3 Offset Balances   6
3.4 Vested Percentage   6
3.5 Upon Change in Control   6
3.6 Interest Credited to Accounts   6
ARTICLE IV    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS   7
4.1 Payment Commencement and Automatic Form of Payment   7
4.2 Elective Form of Payment   7
4.3 Dishonesty   7
4.4 Upon Death of Participant   7
4.5 Payment in the Event of Legal Disability   7
4.6 Accounts Charged   8
4.7 Unclaimed Accounts   8
       

ARTICLE V    PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE   8
5.1 Appointment   8
5.2 Term   8
5.3 Compensation   8
5.4 Powers of Plan Administration Committee   8
5.5 Adjustments   9
5.6 Manner of Action   9
5.7 Authorized Representative   9
5.8 Interested Member   9
5.9 Indemnity   9
ARTICLE VI    PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS   9
6.1 Beneficiary Designation   9
6.2 Personal Data to Plan Administration Committee   10
6.3 Address for Notification   10
6.4 Place of Payment and Proof of Continued Eligibility   10
6.5 Assignment or Alienation   10
6.6 Information Available   10
6.7 Beneficiary's Right to Information   10
6.8 Claims Procedure   11
6.9 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits   11
6.10 No Rights Implied   11
6.11 Right To Offset For Taxes, Other Obligations   12
6.12 Upon Change in Control   12
ARTICLE VII    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION   12
7.1 Amendment   12
7.2 Termination   12
ARTICLE VIII    MISCELLANEOUS   12
8.1 Execution of Receipts and Releases   12
8.2 Employer Records   12
8.3 Evidence   12
8.4 Severability   13
8.5 Notice   13
8.6 Waiver of Notice   13
8.7 Successors   13
8.8 Headings   13
8.9 Governing Law   13

2



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
EXECUTIVE TARGET RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004

PREAMBLE

        The Executive Target Retirement Income Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by the Human Resources Committee in order to attract and retain top executive talent. The Plan covers level 1 through 3 executives and is designed to provide retirement income of approximately 55% of final average pay for an executive with twenty-five years of service. The Plan uses a formula that provides 6.5 times the average final five years salary and bonus, adjusted to the extent executive service is less than 25 years, and offset by balances under other retirement plans. The balances vest over a five year period based on executive service beginning on or after January 1, 2004.

        Effective January 1, 2004, participants in this Plan are not eligible for benefit accruals under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan (the "SERAP").


ARTICLE I
NATURE OF PLAN

         1.1    Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to provide retirement benefits to certain executive employees of the Company and its affiliates that supplement the benefits accrued under the Retirement Plans.

         1.2    Nature of Plan . The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA), and is intended to be exempt from Parts 2, 3, and 4 of ERISA.

         1.3    Unfunded Plan . This Plan is established as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation. The compensation that is payable hereunder and interest that accrues thereon are represented solely by bookkeeping entries on accounts maintained by the Plan Administration Committee. No funds are held in trust or otherwise segregated for the sole purpose of paying Plan benefits. All Plan benefits are payable solely from the general assets of the Company. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any specific collateral, property or assets of the Company, but shall be general unsecured creditors of the Company until benefits are paid hereunder. The Company may from time to time reserve assets in a general account or grantor trust owned by the Company for the purpose paying liabilities that are accrued under this Plan.

_____________
End of Article I


ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

        For the purpose of this Plan, the following definitions shall apply unless the context requires otherwise. Words used in the masculine gender shall apply to the feminine, where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural. The words "Article" or "Section" in this Plan shall refer to an Article or Section of this Plan unless specifically stated otherwise. Compounds of the word "here," such as "herein" and "hereof" shall be construed to refer to another provision of this Plan, unless otherwise specified or required by the context.

3



        In determining the time within which an event or action is to take place for purposes of the Plan, no fraction of a day shall be considered, and any act, the performance of which would fall on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday observed by the Company, or other non-business day, may be performed on the next following business day.

         2.1    Accounts . The separate bookkeeping records that are established and maintained upon termination by the Plan Administration Committee to record any amounts credited on behalf of each Participant under the terms of the Plan. A Participant's Account shall only include the amounts actually credited thereto by the Committee.

         2.2    Annual Leadership Bonus. The actual bonus paid under the Leadership Bonus Plan during the Plan Year. For purposes of this Plan, Annual Leadership Bonus shall also include annual bonuses paid by Washington Mutual Advisors, Inc. and any other annual bonuses that are approved for inclusion by the Human Resources Committee, in its discretion.

         2.3    Beneficiary . Any person or fiduciary designated by a Participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan following the death of the Participant; provided, that, in the case of a married Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's surviving spouse unless the Participant's spouse (i) consents in writing to the designation of another party as Beneficiary of all or a part of the benefit to which the Participant may become entitled under the Plan, (ii) such election designates a Beneficiary which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further spousal consent), (iii) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such election, and (iv) such consent is witnessed by a notary public or a member of the Plan Administration Committee. Such spousal consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administration Committee that such consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located (and any other circumstances the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations). Any consent by a spouse hereunder shall be effective only with respect to that spouse.

         2.4    Change in Control . For purposes of this Plan, Change in Control shall have the same meaning ascribed to that term in the Participant's Employment Agreement.

         2.5    Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.6    Company. Washington Mutual, Inc. or any successor thereto.

         2.7    Committee. The Plan Administration Committee, as it is appointed from time to time by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors.

         2.8    Compensation. An eligible Employee's base pay and actual Annual Leadership Bonus for the Plan Year. Compensation shall also include the portion of a Participant's Annual Leadership Bonus, if any, that has been exchanged for stock options under the Incentive Target Replacement Option Plan. For purposes of this section, an Eligible Employee's base pay will be the base pay established for the Plan Year by the Company's Human Resources Committee. For Employees who first become eligible during a Plan Year, base pay shall be the base pay set forth in the Eligible Employee's offer letter.

         2.9    Disabled or Disability. A Participant is Disabled when he is determined to be disabled under the terms of the WaMu Pension Plan.

         2.10  Eligible Employee . Any active Employee in level 1, 2 or 3. An Employee is considered active only if he is on the company payroll and is either working or on paid leave or vacation. Notwithstanding the preceding the Committee may, in its discretion, designate any Employee as eligible or ineligible.

4


         2.11  Employee. Any employee of an Employer; specifically excluding, however, a person who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income that constitutes income from sources within the United States.

         2.12  Employer. Washington Mutual, Inc., and any Related Employer from time to time designated by the Committee as an Employer, whether such designation is express or implied.

         2.13  Entry Dates. Eligible Employees will enter the plan on the later of: (1) January 1, 2004; (2) date of hire; or (3) date they became a level 1, 2 or 3 employee.

         2.14  ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

         2.15  Executive Service. All Service provided while the Employee was an Employee in level 1, 2 or 3, served on the Company's Executive Committee, or had a title of Executive Vice President of Washington Mutual, Inc. Except for purposes of vesting under Section 3.4, service under this section shall be credited in terms of months, and any Participant who provides services for one day in any month shall receive credit for a full month of service in that month. Employees who are not eligible as of the end of the Plan Year but who were eligible employees at any time during the Plan Year will receive partial credit for service under the Plan solely for purposes of Section 3.4, only full years of Executive Service after December 31, 2003 shall be counted.

         2.16  Final Average Pay . For purposes of determining benefits under Article 3, Final Average Pay will be calculated by dividing the Participant's Compensation for the last five Plan Years by five. For purposes of this calculation, Plan Years in which a Participant was no longer an Eligible Employee as of the end of the Plan Year ("Partial Years") shall not be counted. If a Participant has less than five Plan Years which are not Partial Years ("Full Years") then Final Average Pay shall be calculated by dividing Compensation for all Full Years by the number of such Full Years.

         2.17  Former Employee Participant. Any individual who is a Participant, but who has terminated employment, and who has not yet received the entire benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan.

         2.18  Participant. An individual who is or has been an Eligible Employee.

         2.19  Pension Plan. The WaMu Pension Plan.

         2.20  Plan. The Washington Mutual, Inc. Executive Target Retirement Income Plan as embodied herein and as amended from time to time.

         2.21  Plan Administration Committee. The committee specified under Article V, as from time to time constituted, to be the administrator of the Plan.

         2.22  Plan Year. The fiscal year of the Plan, which is the period from January 1 through December 31 of each year.

         2.23  Related Employer. Any business entity that is, along with an Employer, (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined by section 414(b) of the Code), (ii) a member of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control (as defined by section 414(c) of the Code), (iii) a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by section 414(m) of the Code), or (iv) any other entity described by Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code.

         2.24  Retirement Plans. The sources of retirement income provided by or contributed to on behalf of Participants by the Company or a Related Employer, including but not limited to the WaMu Pension Plan, the WaMu Savings Plan, the Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan, and the Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan.

5



         2.25  Vested Percentage . The percentage determined under Section 3.4.

_____________
End of Article II


ARTICLE III
BENEFITS

         3.1    Amount of Benefit. Upon termination of employment, a Participants benefit will be calculated as follows:

(( 6.5 X Final Average Pay X Executive Service
25
) -Offset Balances ) X Vested Percentage

         3.2    Participant's Accounts. Upon termination of employment the Committee shall establish for each Participant one or more Accounts, as appropriate, to which shall be allocated the proper benefit and interest accruals hereunder, less the distributions therefrom. Upon termination, the Committee shall initially credit to each Participant's Account, the benefit set forth in Section 3.1.

         3.3    Offset Balances . A Participant's benefit under this Plan shall be reduced by the balances in the following accounts and plans:

Plan

  Account
WaMu Savings   Employer Matching Contribution
Profit Sharing Contribution
WaMu Pension   Hypothetical Cash Balance
Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan   Entire Balance
Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan   Entire Balance

Balances will be established as of the most recently completed month before termination of employment.

         3.4    Vested Percentage . A Participants vested Percentage shall be determined using the following table, considering only full years of Executive Service:

Full Years of Executive Service

  Vested Percentage
Fewer than 1     0%
1   20%
2   40%
3   60%
4   80%
5 or more   100%

         3.5    Upon Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control a Participant will be credited with additional years of Executive Service (either 2 or 3) equal to the multiplier used to calculate the payment amount upon termination after a Change in Control as set forth in the Participant's Employment Agreement.

6


         3.6    Interest Credited to Accounts. Upon termination of employment, Participants who elect to receive payment in any form other than a lump sum shall be credited with interest on the balance in their account. The rate of interest shall be equal to the rate that would have been paid by the company at the beginning of the Plan Year had it issued unsecured junior debt with a maturity date of ten years. If the Company did not make such a debt offering at or near the beginning of the Plan Year for which the interest rate is being determined, the Plan Administration Committee shall, in its discretion, determine this rate by reference to the following: (i) the rates paid on similar debt offerings of comparably rated financial institutions and (ii) an estimate of the probable interest rate on such debt offering from at least one rationally recognized investment banking firm. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine the rate for the following Plan Year at any time during the Plan Year.

_____________
End of Article III


ARTICLE IV
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

         4.1.   Payment Commencement and Automatic Form of Payment . In the absence of any election set forth in Section 4.2, a Participant shall receive payment of the nonforfeitable balance of his Accounts as a lump sum, commencing as soon as administratively possible after termination of employment with the Company. However, a Participant may instead elect for payments to be made pursuant to Section 4.2, provided that the balance of his Accounts exceeds $500,000 at the time of termination. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant is a Key Employee as set forth in Section 409A of the Code, payments shall commence no earlier than 6 months after termination of employment.

         4.2.   Elective Form of Payment. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, a Participant may, make an irrevocable election for payments to be made in substantially equal installments paid over a period of up to 20 years, each such payment to be recalculated for interest that is credited on the unpaid Account balance, provided that the Participant makes such an election at least 12 months prior to the payment commencement date. The Participant's election under this Section must be made prior to the time that payments would otherwise commence and at least 12 months prior to termination of employment with the Company and all Related Employers.

         4.3.   Dishonesty. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, the Account of a Participant who has engaged in dishonesty shall be completely forfeited. For this purpose, dishonesty means that the Participant has engaged in acts of fraud, embezzlement, theft or any other crime of moral turpitude or has otherwise been dishonest in his or her relationship with the Employer (without necessity of formal criminal proceedings being initiated) and the Participant's employment terminated by either discharge or resignation, all as determined by the Committee.

         4.4.   Upon Death of Participant. Upon the death of a Participant, his vested Account balance will be paid to his Beneficiary, as determined under Section 6, in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible, provided that the balance in his Accounts immediately after his death is less than $500,000. If his balance immediately after his death is $500,000 or more, the balance will be paid in three annual installments.

         4.5.   Payment in the Event of Legal Disability. Payments to any Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary shall be made to the recipient entitled thereto in person or upon such recipient's personal receipt, in form satisfactory to the Plan Administration Committee, except when the recipient entitled thereto shall be under a legal disability, or, in the judgment of the Committee, shall otherwise be unable to apply such payment in furtherance of such recipient's own interest and advantage. The Committee may, in such event, direct all or any portion of such payments to be made in any one or more of the following ways:

7


         4.6.   Accounts Charged. The Committee shall charge all distributions made to a Participant or to such Participant's Beneficiary from and against the Accounts of the Participant when made.

         4.7.   Unclaimed Accounts. Neither the Employer nor the Committee shall be obliged to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Committee or Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall state the provisions of this Section. If Payment Commencement Date has arrived, and the Participant or the Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Committee by the date that is immediately prior to three years after the date of notification, the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited.

_____________
End of Article IV


ARTICLE V
PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE

         5.1.   Appointment. The Plan Administration Committee has been appointed by the Company to administer the Plan and serves in such capacity at the pleasure of the board of directors of the Company. The board of directors of the Company may remove the Plan Administration Committee or appoint a successor committee at any time. If the Plan Administration Committee ceases to exist or is removed without the appointment of a Retirement committee, the Company shall function as the Plan Administration Committee.

         5.2.   Term. Each member of the Committee shall serve until his or her successor is appointed and assumes membership. Any member of the Committee may be removed, with or without cause, and the board of directors of the Company shall have the power to fill any vacancy that may occur. A member may resign upon written notice to the board of directors of the Company or the Plan Administration Committee.

         5.3.   Compensation. The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but the Company shall pay all expenses of the members of the Committee.

         5.4.   Powers of Plan Administration Committee. The Committee shall have full and absolute discretion in the exercise of its powers hereunder. All exercises of power by the Committee hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all interested parties, unless found by a court of competent jurisdiction, in a final judgment that is no longer subject to review or appeal, to be arbitrary and capricious. In addition to the power otherwise enumerated herein, the Committee shall have the following specific authority:

8


         5.5.   Adjustments. Any misstatement or other mistake of fact may be corrected by the Committee when it becomes known, in the manner the Committee deems equitable and practicable.

         5.6.   Manner of Action. The decision of a majority of the members of the Plan Administration Committee shall control. In case of a vacancy on the Committee, the remaining members may exercise any and all of the powers, authorities, duties, and discretion conferred upon the Committee. The Committee may, but need not, call or hold formal meetings. Any decision may be made or action may be taken by the Committee pursuant to written approval of a majority of the then members. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of its decisions.

         5.7.   Authorized Representative. The Committee may authorize any one of its members, or its secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters, or other documents requested pursuant hereto or necessary or desirable for the Committee to administer the Plan as provided herein, or to do any act necessary to carry out the Committee's duties and obligations set forth herein.

         5.8.   Interested Member. No member of the Committee may decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature, or method of settlement of his or her own benefits under the Plan unless there is only one person acting alone as the Committee.

         5.9.   Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Committee, and its members, and each of them, from and against any and all loss, damage, action, fee, cost, claim, liability, proceeding, or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees) to which the Committee, or its members, may be subjected arising out of, resulting in whole or in part from, or otherwise related to any act, conduct, or inaction (except willful or reckless misconduct), in their official capacities in the administration of the Plan.

_____________
End of Article V


ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

         6.1    Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant may from time to time designate, in writing, a Beneficiary to whom his Accounts shall be paid in the event of his death. The Plan Administration Committee shall prescribe the form for the written designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's filing the form with the Committee, it shall revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant. A Participant may designate multiple and/or contingent Beneficiaries. If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary, or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him,

9


the Beneficiary shall be, first, his spouse at the time of his death, or if he has no surviving spouse, then to his surviving children, the to his surviving parents in equal shares, or if the Participant has no surviving parents, the to his estate. If the Participant dies after distributions have commenced hereunder but before a complete distribution of his nonforfeitable benefits, payment of such benefits shall be in a lump sum to the legal representative of the estate of the last to die of the Participant and his Beneficiary. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Employer to whom the payments shall be made under this Section.

         6.2    Personal Data to Plan Administration Committee. Each Participant and Beneficiary must furnish to the Committee such evidence, data, or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will promptly furnish full, true, and complete evidence, data, and information when requested by the Committee.

         6.3    Address for Notification. Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall file with the Committee, in writing, such person's mailing address, and each subsequent change of such mailing address. Any payment or distribution hereunder, and any communication addressed to a Participant or his Beneficiary, at the last address filed with the Committee, or if no address have been filed, then the last address indicated on the records of the Employer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant or his Beneficiary on the date that such distribution or communication is deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid.

         6.4    Place of Payment and Proof of Continued Eligibility. Any payment or distribution hereunder, and any communication addressed to a Participant or Beneficiary, at the last address filed with the Plan Administration Committee, or if no address has been filed, then the last address indicated on the records of the Employer shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary on the date that such distribution or communication is deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid. If the Committee, for any reason, is in doubt as to whether benefit payments are being received by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by registered mail addressed to the person concerned, at the last address of record, notify such person that all unmailed and future retirement income payments shall be henceforth withheld until such person provides the Committee with evidence of continued life and the proper mailing address for future payments.

         6.5    Assignment or Alienation. Except as may be specified under a "qualified domestic relations order," as defined in section 514(b)(7) of ERISA, no benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary prior to actually being received by the person entitled to the benefit under the terms of the Plan. The Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person entitled to benefits hereunder.

         6.6    Information Available. Any Participant or Beneficiary may examine copies of this Plan or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administration committee will maintain such documents in its office, or in such other place or places as the Committee may designate from time to time for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administration Committee shall furnish him or her with a copy of such documents. The Plan Administration Committee may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished.

         6.7    Beneficiary's Right to Information. A beneficiary's right to (and the Committees' duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan shall not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.

10



         6.8    Claims Procedure. Prior to or upon becoming entitled to receive a benefit hereunder, a Participant or Beneficiary shall file a claim for such benefit with the Committee at the time and in the manner prescribed thereby. However, the Committee may direct payment of a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefits hereunder without requiring the filing of a claim therefore, if the Committee has knowledge of such Participant's or Beneficiary's whereabouts.

         6.9    Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits. The Committee shall provide adequate notice in writing as prescribed pursuant to paragraph (b) below to any Participant or to any Beneficiary ("Claimant") whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied.

         6.10  No Rights Implied . Nothing contained in this Plan, or in any modification or amendment to the Plan, shall give any Employee, Participant, or any Beneficiary any right to continue employment, or any other legal or equitable right against an Employer, or Employee of the Employer, or against their agents, except as expressly provided by the Plan.

11


         6.11  Right To Offset For Taxes, Other Obligations . Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced by any amount required to be withheld by the Company under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or other requirement, now or hereafter in effect, of any governmental authority. In addition, if a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under the Plan, and if at such time such Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owning to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owning it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable to the extent permitted by applicable law.

_____________
End of Article VI


ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         7.1    Amendment. The Company shall have the right at any time, without prior notice and without cause, to amend or terminate the Plan by action of its board of directors or by action of the Human Resources Committee, provided that no such amendment may reduce the Participant's Benefit under Section 3.1 as of the effective date of the amendment. All amendments shall be in writing and shall state the effective date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, no amendment of this Plan by the Company or its successor shall have the effect of reducing a Participant's Benefit hereunder, except that the Plan may be amended to add to the list of plans that are part of the offset under Section 3.3 any plans that Participants become eligible for on or after the date of the Change in Control.

         7.2    Termination . Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall pay all benefits credited to Participants pursuant to Section 4.1.

_____________
End of Article VII


ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

         8.1    Execution of Receipts and Releases. Any payment to any Participant, or to such Participant's legal representative or beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee may require such Participant, legal representative, or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefore in the form determined by the Committee. Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Plan Administration Committee shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Employer, the Plan Administration Committee and the Committee, to the extent of the distributions so made. Neither the Employer nor the Committee is obliged to ensure the proper application or expenditure of any payment so made.

         8.2    Employer Records . Each Employer shall, upon request or as may be specifically required hereunder, furnish or cause to be furnished, all of the information or documentation which is necessary or required by the Plan Administration Committee to perform its duties and functions under the Plan. Records of an Employer as to an Employee's or Participant's period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leaves of absent, reemployment, and Compensation will be conclusive on all persons, unless determined by the Plan Administration Committee to be incorrect.

         8.3    Evidence . Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document, or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. Any action required of an Employer may be by resolution of its board of directors or by any person authorized to act on behalf of the Employer.

12



         8.4    Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

         8.5    Notice . Any notice required to be given herein by an Employer or the Plan Administration Committee, shall be deemed delivered, when (a) personally delivered, or (b) placed in the United States mail, in an envelope addressed to the last address of record the person to whom the notice is given.

         8.6    Waiver of Notice. Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice.

         8.7    Successors . The Plan shall be binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal representatives, upon each Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the Plan Administration Committee, and its successors.

         8.8    Headings . The titles and headings of Articles and Sections are included for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of the provisions hereof.

         8.9    Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement shall be determined by application of the internal laws of the State of Washington except to the extent Washington law is preempted by federal law.

_____________
End of Article VII

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. has executed this instrument to be effective as of January 1, 2004.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:


Its: Executive Vice President—Human Resources

13




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. EXECUTIVE TARGET RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN Effective January 1, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. EXECUTIVE TARGET RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN Effective January 1, 2004 PREAMBLE
ARTICLE I NATURE OF PLAN
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE III BENEFITS
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
ARTICLE V PLAN ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEE
ARTICLE VI PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12.1

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 3,984   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829  
Fixed charges     4,403     4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 8,387   $ 10,716   $ 11,848   $ 12,897   $ 12,159  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,234   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     169     153     116     92     61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 4,403   $ 4,687   $ 5,842   $ 8,071   $ 9,330  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)

 

 

1.90

 

 

2.29

 

 

2.03

 

 

1.60

 

 

1.30

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Earnings, excluding interest on deposits (1) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 3,984   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829  
Fixed charges     2,360     2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 6,344   $ 8,551   $ 9,187   $ 9,816   $ 8,880  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 4,234   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269  
  Less: interest on deposits     (2,043 )   (2,165 )   (2,661 )   (3,081 )   (3,279 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     169     153     116     92     61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 2,360   $ 2,522   $ 3,181   $ 4,990   $ 6,051  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)

 

 

2.69

 

 

3.39

 

 

2.89

 

 

1.97

 

 

1.47

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12.2

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                                
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 3,984   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829  
Fixed charges     4,403     4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 8,387   $ 10,716   $ 11,848   $ 12,897   $ 12,159  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Preferred dividend requirement

 

$


 

$


 

$

5

 

$

7

 

$


 
Ratio of income from continuing operations before income tax expense to net income from continuing operations     1.61     1.59     1.59     1.59     1.58  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Preferred dividends (2)

 

$


 

$


 

$

8

 

$

11

 

$


 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Fixed charges (1) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense   $ 4,234   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     169     153     116     92     61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      4,403     4,687     5,842     8,071     9,330  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 4,403   $ 4,687   $ 5,850   $ 8,082   $ 9,330  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)     1.90     2.29     2.03     1.60     1.30  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Earnings, excluding interest on deposits (1) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense   $ 3,984   $ 6,029   $ 6,006   $ 4,826   $ 2,829  
Fixed charges     2,360     2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 6,344   $ 8,551   $ 9,187   $ 9,816   $ 8,880  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Preferred dividends (2)

 

$


 

$


 

$

8

 

$

11

 

$


 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Fixed charges (1) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense   $ 4,234   $ 4,534   $ 5,726   $ 7,979   $ 9,269  
  Less: interest on deposits     (2,043 )   (2,165 )   (2,661 )   (3,081 )   (3,279 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     169     153     116     92     61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      2,360     2,522     3,181     4,990     6,051  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 2,360   $ 2,522   $ 3,189   $ 5,001   $ 6,051  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)     2.69     3.39     2.88     1.96     1.47  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)
The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.
(3)
These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulations. However, management believes that fixed charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company because of two factors. First, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the proportion of income which is tax-exempt. Second, even if there were no change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease in the level of interest rates.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

SUBSIDIARY LISTING

WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK
(Chartered under the laws of the State of Washington)

NEW AMERICAN CAPITAL, INC., a Delaware corporation

WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK, FA
(Federally chartered under the laws of the United States)

UNIVERSITY STREET, INC., a Washington corporation




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-23221, 333-52785, 333-81221, 333-47308, and 333-68624 on Form S-4; Registration Statement Nos. 033-86840, 333-40928, 333-69503, 333-87675, 333-74646, 333-76834, and 333-106672 on Form S-8; and Registration Statement Nos. 333-63976, 333-67988, and 333-109921 on Form S-3, of our reports dated March 7, 2005, relating to the financial statements of Washington Mutual, Inc. and management's report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2004.



Seattle, Washington
March 14, 2005




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Kerry K. Killinger, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2005   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2005   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Kerry K. Killinger, the Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: March 14, 2005   By:   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.2

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Thomas W. Casey, the Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: March 14, 2005   By:   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks